Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/mtype.c @ 1124:e7f0c2b48047
Fix a bug where ::warning() was called with a va_list argument instead of an
actual vararg list.
Also cleaned up the format for warnings. (Previously some would start with
"warning - warning - Warning:" which was a bit redundant)
| author | Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl> |
|---|---|
| date | Wed, 18 Mar 2009 15:03:17 +0100 |
| parents | b30fe7e1dbb9 |
| children | eeb8b95ea92e |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 159 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2009 by Digital Mars |
| 159 | 4 // All Rights Reserved |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
11 #define __C99FEATURES__ 1 // Needed on Solaris for NaN and more |
| 159 | 12 #define __USE_ISOC99 1 // so signbit() gets defined |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
14 #if (defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
15 #include <alloca.h> |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
16 #endif |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
17 |
|
1008
4c20df3837f9
Preparation for next patch. Don't ask about why this is needed.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1006
diff
changeset
|
18 #include <cmath> |
| 159 | 19 |
| 20 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 21 #include <assert.h> | |
| 22 #include <float.h> | |
| 23 | |
| 24 #ifdef __DMC__ | |
| 25 #include <fp.h> | |
| 26 #endif | |
| 27 | |
| 28 #if _MSC_VER | |
| 29 #include <malloc.h> | |
| 30 #include <complex> | |
| 31 #include <limits> | |
| 32 #elif __DMC__ | |
| 33 #include <complex.h> | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
34 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <malloc.h> |
| 159 | 36 #else |
| 37 //#define signbit 56 | |
| 38 #endif | |
| 39 | |
| 40 #if __APPLE__ | |
| 41 static double zero = 0; | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
42 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
43 static double zero = 0; |
| 159 | 44 #elif __GNUC__ |
|
900
177afbf5297b
Solaris compatibility and proc map parsing #183, thanks BlueZeniX!
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
881
diff
changeset
|
45 #if !(defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
| 159 | 46 #include <bits/nan.h> |
| 47 #include <bits/mathdef.h> | |
|
900
177afbf5297b
Solaris compatibility and proc map parsing #183, thanks BlueZeniX!
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
881
diff
changeset
|
48 #endif |
| 159 | 49 static double zero = 0; |
| 50 #endif | |
| 51 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
52 #include "rmem.h" |
| 159 | 53 |
| 54 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 55 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 56 #include "scope.h" | |
| 57 #include "init.h" | |
| 58 #include "expression.h" | |
| 59 #include "attrib.h" | |
| 60 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 61 #include "template.h" | |
| 62 #include "id.h" | |
| 63 #include "enum.h" | |
| 64 #include "import.h" | |
| 65 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 66 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 67 | |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
68 #include "gen/tollvm.h" |
|
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
69 |
| 159 | 70 FuncDeclaration *hasThis(Scope *sc); |
| 71 | |
| 72 | |
| 73 #define LOGDOTEXP 0 // log ::dotExp() | |
| 74 #define LOGDEFAULTINIT 0 // log ::defaultInit() | |
| 75 | |
| 76 // Allow implicit conversion of T[] to T* | |
| 77 #define IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR global.params.useDeprecated | |
| 78 | |
| 79 /* These have default values for 32 bit code, they get | |
| 80 * adjusted for 64 bit code. | |
| 81 */ | |
| 82 | |
| 83 int PTRSIZE = 4; | |
| 84 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 85 int REALSIZE = 8; | |
| 86 int REALPAD = 0; | |
| 87 #elif TARGET_LINUX | |
| 88 int REALSIZE = 12; | |
| 89 int REALPAD = 2; | |
| 90 #else | |
| 91 int REALSIZE = 10; | |
| 92 int REALPAD = 0; | |
| 93 #endif | |
| 94 int Tsize_t = Tuns32; | |
| 95 int Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; | |
| 96 | |
| 97 /***************************** Type *****************************/ | |
| 98 | |
| 99 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfo; | |
| 100 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoclass; | |
| 101 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfointerface; | |
| 102 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostruct; | |
| 103 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypedef; | |
| 104 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfopointer; | |
| 105 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoarray; | |
| 106 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostaticarray; | |
| 107 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoassociativearray; | |
| 108 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoenum; | |
| 109 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfofunction; | |
| 110 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfodelegate; | |
| 111 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypelist; | |
| 112 | |
| 113 Type *Type::tvoidptr; | |
| 114 Type *Type::basic[TMAX]; | |
| 115 unsigned char Type::mangleChar[TMAX]; | |
| 116 StringTable Type::stringtable; | |
| 117 | |
| 118 | |
| 119 Type::Type(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 120 { | |
| 121 this->ty = ty; | |
| 122 this->mod = 0; | |
| 123 this->next = next; | |
| 124 this->deco = NULL; | |
| 336 | 125 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 126 this->cto = NULL; |
| 127 this->ito = NULL; | |
| 128 #endif | |
| 129 this->pto = NULL; | |
| 130 this->rto = NULL; | |
| 131 this->arrayof = NULL; | |
| 132 this->vtinfo = NULL; | |
| 133 this->ctype = NULL; | |
| 134 } | |
| 135 | |
| 136 Type *Type::syntaxCopy() | |
| 137 { | |
| 138 print(); | |
| 139 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", ty); | |
| 140 assert(0); | |
| 141 return this; | |
| 142 } | |
| 143 | |
| 144 int Type::equals(Object *o) | |
| 145 { Type *t; | |
| 146 | |
| 147 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 148 //printf("Type::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 149 if (this == o || | |
| 150 (t && deco == t->deco) && // deco strings are unique | |
| 151 deco != NULL) // and semantic() has been run | |
| 152 { | |
| 153 //printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 154 return 1; | |
| 155 } | |
| 156 //if (deco && t && t->deco) printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 157 return 0; | |
| 158 } | |
| 159 | |
| 160 char Type::needThisPrefix() | |
| 161 { | |
| 162 return 'M'; // name mangling prefix for functions needing 'this' | |
| 163 } | |
| 164 | |
| 165 void Type::init() | |
| 166 { int i; | |
| 167 int j; | |
| 168 | |
| 169 Lexer::initKeywords(); | |
| 170 | |
| 171 mangleChar[Tarray] = 'A'; | |
| 172 mangleChar[Tsarray] = 'G'; | |
| 173 mangleChar[Taarray] = 'H'; | |
| 174 mangleChar[Tpointer] = 'P'; | |
| 175 mangleChar[Treference] = 'R'; | |
| 176 mangleChar[Tfunction] = 'F'; | |
| 177 mangleChar[Tident] = 'I'; | |
| 178 mangleChar[Tclass] = 'C'; | |
| 179 mangleChar[Tstruct] = 'S'; | |
| 180 mangleChar[Tenum] = 'E'; | |
| 181 mangleChar[Ttypedef] = 'T'; | |
| 182 mangleChar[Tdelegate] = 'D'; | |
| 183 | |
| 184 mangleChar[Tnone] = 'n'; | |
| 185 mangleChar[Tvoid] = 'v'; | |
| 186 mangleChar[Tint8] = 'g'; | |
| 187 mangleChar[Tuns8] = 'h'; | |
| 188 mangleChar[Tint16] = 's'; | |
| 189 mangleChar[Tuns16] = 't'; | |
| 190 mangleChar[Tint32] = 'i'; | |
| 191 mangleChar[Tuns32] = 'k'; | |
| 192 mangleChar[Tint64] = 'l'; | |
| 193 mangleChar[Tuns64] = 'm'; | |
| 194 mangleChar[Tfloat32] = 'f'; | |
| 195 mangleChar[Tfloat64] = 'd'; | |
| 196 mangleChar[Tfloat80] = 'e'; | |
| 197 | |
| 198 mangleChar[Timaginary32] = 'o'; | |
| 199 mangleChar[Timaginary64] = 'p'; | |
| 200 mangleChar[Timaginary80] = 'j'; | |
| 201 mangleChar[Tcomplex32] = 'q'; | |
| 202 mangleChar[Tcomplex64] = 'r'; | |
| 203 mangleChar[Tcomplex80] = 'c'; | |
| 204 | |
| 205 mangleChar[Tbool] = 'b'; | |
| 206 mangleChar[Tascii] = 'a'; | |
| 207 mangleChar[Twchar] = 'u'; | |
| 208 mangleChar[Tdchar] = 'w'; | |
| 209 | |
| 210 mangleChar[Tbit] = '@'; | |
| 211 mangleChar[Tinstance] = '@'; | |
| 212 mangleChar[Terror] = '@'; | |
| 213 mangleChar[Ttypeof] = '@'; | |
| 214 mangleChar[Ttuple] = 'B'; | |
| 215 mangleChar[Tslice] = '@'; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
216 mangleChar[Treturn] = '@'; |
| 159 | 217 |
| 218 for (i = 0; i < TMAX; i++) | |
| 219 { if (!mangleChar[i]) | |
| 220 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", i); | |
| 221 assert(mangleChar[i]); | |
| 222 } | |
| 223 | |
| 224 // Set basic types | |
| 225 static TY basetab[] = | |
| 226 { Tvoid, Tint8, Tuns8, Tint16, Tuns16, Tint32, Tuns32, Tint64, Tuns64, | |
| 227 Tfloat32, Tfloat64, Tfloat80, | |
| 228 Timaginary32, Timaginary64, Timaginary80, | |
| 229 Tcomplex32, Tcomplex64, Tcomplex80, | |
| 230 Tbit, Tbool, | |
| 231 Tascii, Twchar, Tdchar }; | |
| 232 | |
| 233 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(basetab) / sizeof(basetab[0]); i++) | |
| 234 basic[basetab[i]] = new TypeBasic(basetab[i]); | |
| 235 basic[Terror] = basic[Tint32]; | |
| 236 | |
| 237 tvoidptr = tvoid->pointerTo(); | |
| 238 | |
|
270
d9d5d59873d8
[svn r291] Fixed a bunch of the old Phobos tests to work with Tango.
lindquist
parents:
243
diff
changeset
|
239 // set size_t / ptrdiff_t types and pointer size |
| 159 | 240 if (global.params.is64bit) |
| 241 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
242 Tsize_t = Tuns64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
243 Tptrdiff_t = Tint64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
244 PTRSIZE = 8; |
| 159 | 245 } |
| 246 else | |
| 247 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
248 Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
249 Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
250 PTRSIZE = 4; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
251 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
252 |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
253 // set real size and padding |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
254 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86) |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
255 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
256 REALSIZE = 12; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
257 REALPAD = 2; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
258 } |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
259 else if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
260 { |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
261 REALSIZE = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
262 REALPAD = 6; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
263 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
264 else |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
265 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
266 REALSIZE = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
267 REALPAD = 0; |
| 159 | 268 } |
| 269 } | |
| 270 | |
| 271 d_uns64 Type::size() | |
| 272 { | |
| 273 return size(0); | |
| 274 } | |
| 275 | |
| 276 d_uns64 Type::size(Loc loc) | |
| 277 { | |
| 278 error(loc, "no size for type %s", toChars()); | |
| 279 return 1; | |
| 280 } | |
| 281 | |
| 282 unsigned Type::alignsize() | |
| 283 { | |
| 284 return size(0); | |
| 285 } | |
| 286 | |
| 287 Type *Type::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 288 { | |
| 289 if (next) | |
| 290 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 291 return merge(); | |
| 292 } | |
| 293 | |
| 294 Type *Type::pointerTo() | |
| 295 { | |
| 296 if (!pto) | |
| 297 { Type *t; | |
| 298 | |
| 299 t = new TypePointer(this); | |
| 300 pto = t->merge(); | |
| 301 } | |
| 302 return pto; | |
| 303 } | |
| 304 | |
| 305 Type *Type::referenceTo() | |
| 306 { | |
| 307 if (!rto) | |
| 308 { Type *t; | |
| 309 | |
| 310 t = new TypeReference(this); | |
| 311 rto = t->merge(); | |
| 312 } | |
| 313 return rto; | |
| 314 } | |
| 315 | |
| 316 Type *Type::arrayOf() | |
| 317 { | |
| 318 if (!arrayof) | |
| 319 { Type *t; | |
| 320 | |
| 321 t = new TypeDArray(this); | |
| 322 arrayof = t->merge(); | |
| 323 } | |
| 324 return arrayof; | |
| 325 } | |
| 326 | |
| 327 Dsymbol *Type::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 328 { | |
| 329 return NULL; | |
| 330 } | |
| 331 | |
| 332 /******************************* | |
| 333 * If this is a shell around another type, | |
| 334 * get that other type. | |
| 335 */ | |
| 336 | |
| 337 Type *Type::toBasetype() | |
| 338 { | |
| 339 return this; | |
| 340 } | |
| 341 | |
| 342 /******************************** | |
| 343 * Name mangling. | |
| 344 */ | |
| 345 | |
| 346 void Type::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 347 { | |
| 348 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 349 if (next) | |
| 350 { | |
| 351 assert(next != this); | |
| 352 //printf("this = %p, ty = %d, next = %p, ty = %d\n", this, this->ty, next, next->ty); | |
| 353 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 354 } | |
| 355 } | |
| 356 | |
| 357 /******************************** | |
| 358 * For pretty-printing a type. | |
| 359 */ | |
| 360 | |
| 361 char *Type::toChars() | |
| 362 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 363 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 364 | |
| 365 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 366 toCBuffer(buf, NULL, &hgs); | |
| 367 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 368 } | |
| 369 | |
| 370 void Type::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 371 { | |
| 372 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 373 if (ident) | |
| 374 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 375 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 376 } | |
| 377 } | |
| 378 | |
| 379 void Type::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 380 { | |
| 381 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 382 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 383 return; | |
| 384 } | |
| 385 buf->writestring(toChars()); | |
| 386 } | |
| 387 | |
| 388 void Type::toCBuffer3(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 389 { | |
| 390 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 391 { char *p; | |
| 392 | |
| 393 switch (this->mod) | |
| 394 { | |
| 395 case 0: | |
| 396 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 397 break; | |
| 398 case MODconst: | |
| 399 p = "const("; | |
| 400 goto L1; | |
| 401 case MODinvariant: | |
| 402 p = "invariant("; | |
| 403 L1: buf->writestring(p); | |
| 404 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 405 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 406 break; | |
| 407 default: | |
| 408 assert(0); | |
| 409 } | |
| 410 } | |
| 411 } | |
| 412 | |
| 413 | |
| 414 /************************************ | |
| 415 */ | |
| 416 | |
| 417 Type *Type::merge() | |
| 418 { Type *t; | |
| 419 | |
| 420 //printf("merge(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 421 t = this; | |
| 422 assert(t); | |
| 423 if (!deco) | |
| 424 { | |
| 425 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 426 StringValue *sv; | |
| 427 | |
| 428 if (next) | |
| 429 next = next->merge(); | |
| 430 toDecoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 431 sv = stringtable.update((char *)buf.data, buf.offset); | |
| 432 if (sv->ptrvalue) | |
| 433 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; | |
| 434 assert(t->deco); | |
| 435 //printf("old value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 436 } | |
| 437 else | |
| 438 { | |
| 439 sv->ptrvalue = this; | |
| 440 deco = sv->lstring.string; | |
| 441 //printf("new value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 442 } | |
| 443 } | |
| 444 return t; | |
| 445 } | |
| 446 | |
| 447 int Type::isbit() | |
| 448 { | |
| 449 return FALSE; | |
| 450 } | |
| 451 | |
| 452 int Type::isintegral() | |
| 453 { | |
| 454 return FALSE; | |
| 455 } | |
| 456 | |
| 457 int Type::isfloating() | |
| 458 { | |
| 459 return FALSE; | |
| 460 } | |
| 461 | |
| 462 int Type::isreal() | |
| 463 { | |
| 464 return FALSE; | |
| 465 } | |
| 466 | |
| 467 int Type::isimaginary() | |
| 468 { | |
| 469 return FALSE; | |
| 470 } | |
| 471 | |
| 472 int Type::iscomplex() | |
| 473 { | |
| 474 return FALSE; | |
| 475 } | |
| 476 | |
| 477 int Type::isscalar() | |
| 478 { | |
| 479 return FALSE; | |
| 480 } | |
| 481 | |
| 482 int Type::isunsigned() | |
| 483 { | |
| 484 return FALSE; | |
| 485 } | |
| 486 | |
| 487 ClassDeclaration *Type::isClassHandle() | |
| 488 { | |
| 489 return NULL; | |
| 490 } | |
| 491 | |
| 492 int Type::isauto() | |
| 493 { | |
| 494 return FALSE; | |
| 495 } | |
| 496 | |
| 497 int Type::isString() | |
| 498 { | |
| 499 return FALSE; | |
| 500 } | |
| 501 | |
| 502 int Type::checkBoolean() | |
| 503 { | |
| 504 return isscalar(); | |
| 505 } | |
| 506 | |
| 507 /********************************* | |
| 508 * Check type to see if it is based on a deprecated symbol. | |
| 509 */ | |
| 510 | |
| 511 void Type::checkDeprecated(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 512 { | |
| 513 Type *t; | |
| 514 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 515 | |
| 516 for (t = this; t; t = t->next) | |
| 517 { | |
| 518 s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 519 if (s) | |
| 520 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); | |
| 521 } | |
| 522 } | |
| 523 | |
| 524 | |
| 525 Expression *Type::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 526 { | |
| 527 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 528 printf("Type::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 529 #endif | |
| 530 return NULL; | |
| 531 } | |
| 532 | |
| 533 int Type::isZeroInit() | |
| 534 { | |
| 535 return 0; // assume not | |
| 536 } | |
| 537 | |
| 538 int Type::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 539 { | |
| 540 return 0; // assume not | |
| 541 } | |
| 542 | |
| 543 /******************************** | |
| 544 * Determine if 'this' can be implicitly converted | |
| 545 * to type 'to'. | |
| 546 * Returns: | |
| 547 * 0 can't convert | |
| 548 * 1 can convert using implicit conversions | |
| 549 * 2 this and to are the same type | |
| 550 */ | |
| 551 | |
| 552 MATCH Type::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 553 { | |
| 554 //printf("Type::implicitConvTo(this=%p, to=%p)\n", this, to); | |
| 555 //printf("\tthis->next=%p, to->next=%p\n", this->next, to->next); | |
| 556 if (this == to) | |
| 557 return MATCHexact; | |
| 558 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 559 // return 1; | |
| 560 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 561 } | |
| 562 | |
| 563 Expression *Type::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 564 { Expression *e; | |
| 565 | |
| 566 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 567 printf("Type::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 568 #endif | |
| 569 if (ident == Id::__sizeof) | |
| 570 { | |
| 571 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 572 } | |
| 573 else if (ident == Id::size) | |
| 574 { | |
| 575 error(loc, ".size property should be replaced with .sizeof"); | |
| 576 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 577 } | |
| 578 else if (ident == Id::alignof) | |
| 579 { | |
| 580 e = new IntegerExp(loc, alignsize(), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 581 } | |
| 582 else if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 583 { | |
| 584 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 585 error(loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 586 e = getTypeInfo(NULL); | |
| 587 } | |
| 588 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 589 { | |
| 590 if (ty == Tvoid) | |
| 591 error(loc, "void does not have an initializer"); | |
| 592 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 593 } | |
| 594 else if (ident == Id::mangleof) | |
| 595 { | |
| 596 assert(deco); | |
| 597 e = new StringExp(loc, deco, strlen(deco), 'c'); | |
| 598 Scope sc; | |
| 599 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 600 } | |
| 601 else if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 602 { char *s = toChars(); | |
| 603 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 604 Scope sc; | |
| 605 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 606 } | |
| 607 else | |
| 608 { | |
| 609 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 610 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 611 } | |
| 612 return e; | |
| 613 } | |
| 614 | |
| 615 Expression *Type::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 616 { VarDeclaration *v = NULL; | |
| 617 | |
| 618 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 619 printf("Type::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 620 #endif | |
| 621 if (e->op == TOKdotvar) | |
| 622 { | |
| 623 DotVarExp *dv = (DotVarExp *)e; | |
| 624 v = dv->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 625 } | |
| 626 else if (e->op == TOKvar) | |
| 627 { | |
| 628 VarExp *ve = (VarExp *)e; | |
| 629 v = ve->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 630 } | |
| 631 if (v) | |
| 632 { | |
| 633 if (ident == Id::offset) | |
| 634 { | |
| 635 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 636 error(e->loc, ".offset deprecated, use .offsetof"); | |
| 637 goto Loffset; | |
| 638 } | |
| 639 else if (ident == Id::offsetof) | |
| 640 { | |
| 641 Loffset: | |
| 642 if (v->storage_class & STCfield) | |
| 643 { | |
| 644 e = new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 645 return e; | |
| 646 } | |
| 647 } | |
| 648 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 649 { | |
| 650 #if 0 | |
| 651 if (v->init) | |
| 652 { | |
| 653 if (v->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 654 error(e->loc, "%s.init is void", v->toChars()); | |
| 655 else | |
| 656 { Loc loc = e->loc; | |
| 657 e = v->init->toExpression(); | |
| 658 if (e->op == TOKassign || e->op == TOKconstruct) | |
| 659 { | |
| 660 e = ((AssignExp *)e)->e2; | |
| 661 | |
| 662 /* Take care of case where we used a 0 | |
| 663 * to initialize the struct. | |
| 664 */ | |
| 665 if (e->type == Type::tint32 && | |
| 666 e->isBool(0) && | |
| 667 v->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 668 { | |
| 669 e = v->type->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 670 } | |
| 671 } | |
| 672 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 673 // if (!e->isConst()) | |
| 674 // error(loc, ".init cannot be evaluated at compile time"); | |
| 675 } | |
| 676 return e; | |
| 677 } | |
| 678 #endif | |
| 679 Expression *ex = defaultInit(e->loc); | |
| 680 return ex; | |
| 681 } | |
| 682 } | |
| 683 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 684 { | |
| 685 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 686 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 687 e = getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 688 return e; | |
| 689 } | |
| 690 if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 691 { char *s = e->toChars(); | |
| 692 e = new StringExp(e->loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 693 Scope sc; | |
| 694 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 695 return e; | |
| 696 } | |
| 697 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 698 } | |
| 699 | |
| 700 unsigned Type::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 701 { | |
| 702 return salign; | |
| 703 } | |
| 704 | |
| 705 void Type::error(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) | |
| 706 { | |
| 707 va_list ap; | |
| 708 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 709 ::verror(loc, format, ap); | |
| 710 va_end( ap ); | |
| 711 } | |
| 712 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
713 void Type::warning(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
714 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
715 if (global.params.warnings && !global.gag) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
716 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
717 va_list ap; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
718 va_start(ap, format); |
|
1124
e7f0c2b48047
Fix a bug where ::warning() was called with a va_list argument instead of an
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
719 ::vwarning(loc, format, ap); |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
720 va_end( ap ); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
721 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
722 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
723 |
| 159 | 724 Identifier *Type::getTypeInfoIdent(int internal) |
| 725 { | |
| 726 // _init_10TypeInfo_%s | |
| 727 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 728 Identifier *id; | |
| 729 char *name; | |
| 730 int len; | |
| 731 | |
| 732 //toTypeInfoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 733 if (internal) | |
| 734 { buf.writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 735 if (ty == Tarray) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
736 buf.writeByte(mangleChar[((TypeArray *)this)->next->ty]); |
| 159 | 737 } |
| 738 else | |
| 739 toDecoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 740 len = buf.offset; | |
| 741 name = (char *)alloca(19 + sizeof(len) * 3 + len + 1); | |
| 742 buf.writeByte(0); | |
| 743 sprintf(name, "_D%dTypeInfo_%s6__initZ", 9 + len, buf.data); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
744 // LDC |
|
375
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
745 // it is not clear where the underscore that's stripped here is added back in |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
746 // if (global.params.isWindows) |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
747 // name++; // C mangling will add it back in |
| 159 | 748 //printf("name = %s\n", name); |
| 749 id = Lexer::idPool(name); | |
| 750 return id; | |
| 751 } | |
| 752 | |
| 753 TypeBasic *Type::isTypeBasic() | |
| 754 { | |
| 755 return NULL; | |
| 756 } | |
| 757 | |
| 758 | |
| 759 void Type::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 760 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
761 //printf("Type::resolve() %s, %d\n", toChars(), ty); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
762 Type *t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 763 *pt = t; |
| 764 *pe = NULL; | |
| 765 *ps = NULL; | |
| 766 } | |
| 767 | |
| 768 /******************************* | |
| 769 * If one of the subtypes of this type is a TypeIdentifier, | |
| 770 * i.e. it's an unresolved type, return that type. | |
| 771 */ | |
| 772 | |
| 773 Type *Type::reliesOnTident() | |
| 774 { | |
| 775 if (!next) | |
| 776 return NULL; | |
| 777 else | |
| 778 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 779 } | |
| 780 | |
| 781 /******************************** | |
| 782 * We've mistakenly parsed this as a type. | |
| 783 * Redo it as an Expression. | |
| 784 * NULL if cannot. | |
| 785 */ | |
| 786 | |
| 787 Expression *Type::toExpression() | |
| 788 { | |
| 789 return NULL; | |
| 790 } | |
| 791 | |
| 792 /*************************************** | |
| 793 * Return !=0 if type has pointers that need to | |
| 794 * be scanned by the GC during a collection cycle. | |
| 795 */ | |
| 796 | |
| 797 int Type::hasPointers() | |
| 798 { | |
| 799 return FALSE; | |
| 800 } | |
| 801 | |
| 802 /* ============================= TypeBasic =========================== */ | |
| 803 | |
| 804 TypeBasic::TypeBasic(TY ty) | |
| 805 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
806 { const char *c; |
|
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
807 const char *d; |
| 159 | 808 unsigned flags; |
| 809 | |
| 810 #define TFLAGSintegral 1 | |
| 811 #define TFLAGSfloating 2 | |
| 812 #define TFLAGSunsigned 4 | |
| 813 #define TFLAGSreal 8 | |
| 814 #define TFLAGSimaginary 0x10 | |
| 815 #define TFLAGScomplex 0x20 | |
| 816 | |
| 817 flags = 0; | |
| 818 switch (ty) | |
| 819 { | |
| 820 case Tvoid: d = Token::toChars(TOKvoid); | |
| 821 c = "void"; | |
| 822 break; | |
| 823 | |
| 824 case Tint8: d = Token::toChars(TOKint8); | |
| 825 c = "byte"; | |
| 826 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 827 break; | |
| 828 | |
| 829 case Tuns8: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns8); | |
| 830 c = "ubyte"; | |
| 831 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 832 break; | |
| 833 | |
| 834 case Tint16: d = Token::toChars(TOKint16); | |
| 835 c = "short"; | |
| 836 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 837 break; | |
| 838 | |
| 839 case Tuns16: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns16); | |
| 840 c = "ushort"; | |
| 841 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 842 break; | |
| 843 | |
| 844 case Tint32: d = Token::toChars(TOKint32); | |
| 845 c = "int"; | |
| 846 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 847 break; | |
| 848 | |
| 849 case Tuns32: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns32); | |
| 850 c = "uint"; | |
| 851 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 852 break; | |
| 853 | |
| 854 case Tfloat32: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat32); | |
| 855 c = "float"; | |
| 856 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 857 break; | |
| 858 | |
| 859 case Tint64: d = Token::toChars(TOKint64); | |
| 860 c = "long"; | |
| 861 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 862 break; | |
| 863 | |
| 864 case Tuns64: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns64); | |
| 865 c = "ulong"; | |
| 866 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 867 break; | |
| 868 | |
| 869 case Tfloat64: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat64); | |
| 870 c = "double"; | |
| 871 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 872 break; | |
| 873 | |
| 874 case Tfloat80: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat80); | |
| 875 c = "real"; | |
| 876 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 877 break; | |
| 878 | |
| 879 case Timaginary32: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary32); | |
| 880 c = "ifloat"; | |
| 881 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 882 break; | |
| 883 | |
| 884 case Timaginary64: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary64); | |
| 885 c = "idouble"; | |
| 886 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 887 break; | |
| 888 | |
| 889 case Timaginary80: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary80); | |
| 890 c = "ireal"; | |
| 891 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 892 break; | |
| 893 | |
| 894 case Tcomplex32: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex32); | |
| 895 c = "cfloat"; | |
| 896 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 897 break; | |
| 898 | |
| 899 case Tcomplex64: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex64); | |
| 900 c = "cdouble"; | |
| 901 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 902 break; | |
| 903 | |
| 904 case Tcomplex80: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex80); | |
| 905 c = "creal"; | |
| 906 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 907 break; | |
| 908 | |
| 909 | |
| 910 case Tbit: d = Token::toChars(TOKbit); | |
| 911 c = "bit"; | |
| 912 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 913 break; | |
| 914 | |
| 915 case Tbool: d = "bool"; | |
| 916 c = d; | |
| 917 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 918 break; | |
| 919 | |
| 920 case Tascii: d = Token::toChars(TOKchar); | |
| 921 c = "char"; | |
| 922 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 923 break; | |
| 924 | |
| 925 case Twchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKwchar); | |
| 926 c = "wchar"; | |
| 927 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 928 break; | |
| 929 | |
| 930 case Tdchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKdchar); | |
| 931 c = "dchar"; | |
| 932 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 933 break; | |
| 934 | |
| 935 default: assert(0); | |
| 936 } | |
| 937 this->dstring = d; | |
| 938 this->cstring = c; | |
| 939 this->flags = flags; | |
| 940 merge(); | |
| 941 } | |
| 942 | |
| 943 Type *TypeBasic::syntaxCopy() | |
| 944 { | |
| 945 // No semantic analysis done on basic types, no need to copy | |
| 946 return this; | |
| 947 } | |
| 948 | |
| 949 | |
| 950 char *TypeBasic::toChars() | |
| 951 { | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
952 return (char *)dstring; |
| 159 | 953 } |
| 954 | |
| 955 void TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 956 { | |
| 957 //printf("TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(mod = %d, this->mod = %d)\n", mod, this->mod); | |
| 958 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 959 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 960 return; | |
| 961 } | |
| 962 buf->writestring(dstring); | |
| 963 } | |
| 964 | |
| 965 d_uns64 TypeBasic::size(Loc loc) | |
| 966 { unsigned size; | |
| 967 | |
| 968 //printf("TypeBasic::size()\n"); | |
| 969 switch (ty) | |
| 970 { | |
| 971 case Tint8: | |
| 972 case Tuns8: size = 1; break; | |
| 973 case Tint16: | |
| 974 case Tuns16: size = 2; break; | |
| 975 case Tint32: | |
| 976 case Tuns32: | |
| 977 case Tfloat32: | |
| 978 case Timaginary32: | |
| 979 size = 4; break; | |
| 980 case Tint64: | |
| 981 case Tuns64: | |
| 982 case Tfloat64: | |
| 983 case Timaginary64: | |
| 984 size = 8; break; | |
| 985 case Tfloat80: | |
| 986 case Timaginary80: | |
| 987 size = REALSIZE; break; | |
| 988 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 989 size = 8; break; | |
| 990 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 991 size = 16; break; | |
| 992 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 993 size = REALSIZE * 2; break; | |
| 994 | |
| 995 case Tvoid: | |
| 996 //size = Type::size(); // error message | |
| 997 size = 1; | |
| 998 break; | |
| 999 | |
| 1000 case Tbit: size = 1; break; | |
| 1001 case Tbool: size = 1; break; | |
| 1002 case Tascii: size = 1; break; | |
| 1003 case Twchar: size = 2; break; | |
| 1004 case Tdchar: size = 4; break; | |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 default: | |
| 1007 assert(0); | |
| 1008 break; | |
| 1009 } | |
| 1010 //printf("TypeBasic::size() = %d\n", size); | |
| 1011 return size; | |
| 1012 } | |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 unsigned TypeBasic::alignsize() | |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
1015 { |
|
1014
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1016 if (ty == Tvoid) |
|
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1017 return 1; |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
1018 return getABITypeAlign(DtoType(this)); |
| 159 | 1019 } |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 Expression *TypeBasic::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1023 { | |
| 1024 Expression *e; | |
| 1025 d_int64 ivalue; | |
| 1026 #ifdef IN_GCC | |
| 1027 real_t fvalue; | |
| 1028 #else | |
| 1029 d_float80 fvalue; | |
| 1030 #endif | |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 //printf("TypeBasic::getProperty('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 1033 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 1034 { | |
| 1035 switch (ty) | |
| 1036 { | |
| 1037 case Tint8: ivalue = 0x7F; goto Livalue; | |
| 1038 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1039 case Tint16: ivalue = 0x7FFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1040 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1041 case Tint32: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1042 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1043 case Tint64: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1044 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1045 case Tbit: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1046 case Tbool: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1047 case Tchar: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1048 case Twchar: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1049 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0x10FFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1050 | |
| 1051 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1052 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1053 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1054 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1055 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1056 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1057 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1058 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1059 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1060 } | |
| 1061 } | |
| 1062 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 1063 { | |
| 1064 switch (ty) | |
| 1065 { | |
| 1066 case Tint8: ivalue = -128; goto Livalue; | |
| 1067 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1068 case Tint16: ivalue = -32768; goto Livalue; | |
| 1069 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1070 case Tint32: ivalue = -2147483647L - 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1071 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1072 case Tint64: ivalue = (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL); goto Livalue; | |
| 1073 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1074 case Tbit: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1075 case Tbool: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1076 case Tchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1077 case Twchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1078 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1081 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1082 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1083 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1084 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1085 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1086 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1087 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1088 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1089 } | |
| 1090 } | |
| 1091 else if (ident == Id::nan) | |
| 1092 { | |
| 1093 switch (ty) | |
| 1094 { | |
| 1095 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1096 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1097 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1098 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1099 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1100 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1101 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1102 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1103 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1104 { | |
| 1105 #if IN_GCC | |
| 1106 // mode doesn't matter, will be converted in RealExp anyway | |
| 1107 fvalue = real_t::getnan(real_t::LongDouble); | |
| 1108 #elif __GNUC__ | |
| 1109 // gcc nan's have the sign bit set by default, so turn it off | |
| 1110 // Need the volatile to prevent gcc from doing incorrect | |
| 1111 // constant folding. | |
| 1112 volatile d_float80 foo; | |
| 1113 foo = NAN; | |
|
1008
4c20df3837f9
Preparation for next patch. Don't ask about why this is needed.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1006
diff
changeset
|
1114 if (std::signbit(foo)) // signbit sometimes, not always, set |
| 159 | 1115 foo = -foo; // turn off sign bit |
| 1116 fvalue = foo; | |
| 1117 #elif _MSC_VER | |
| 1118 unsigned long nan[2]= { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7FFFFFFF }; | |
| 1119 fvalue = *(double*)nan; | |
| 1120 #else | |
| 1121 fvalue = NAN; | |
| 1122 #endif | |
| 1123 goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1124 } | |
| 1125 } | |
| 1126 } | |
| 1127 else if (ident == Id::infinity) | |
| 1128 { | |
| 1129 switch (ty) | |
| 1130 { | |
| 1131 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1132 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1133 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1134 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1135 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1136 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1137 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1138 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1139 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1140 #if IN_GCC | |
| 1141 fvalue = real_t::getinfinity(); | |
| 1142 #elif __GNUC__ | |
| 1143 fvalue = 1 / zero; | |
| 1144 #elif _MSC_VER | |
| 1145 fvalue = std::numeric_limits<long double>::infinity(); | |
| 1146 #else | |
| 1147 fvalue = INFINITY; | |
| 1148 #endif | |
| 1149 goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1150 } | |
| 1151 } | |
| 1152 else if (ident == Id::dig) | |
| 1153 { | |
| 1154 switch (ty) | |
| 1155 { | |
| 1156 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1157 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1158 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1159 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1160 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1161 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1162 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1163 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1164 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1165 } | |
| 1166 } | |
| 1167 else if (ident == Id::epsilon) | |
| 1168 { | |
| 1169 switch (ty) | |
| 1170 { | |
| 1171 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1172 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1173 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1174 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1175 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1176 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1177 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1178 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1179 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1180 } | |
| 1181 } | |
| 1182 else if (ident == Id::mant_dig) | |
| 1183 { | |
| 1184 switch (ty) | |
| 1185 { | |
| 1186 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1187 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1188 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1189 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1190 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1191 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1192 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1193 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1194 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1195 } | |
| 1196 } | |
| 1197 else if (ident == Id::max_10_exp) | |
| 1198 { | |
| 1199 switch (ty) | |
| 1200 { | |
| 1201 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1202 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1203 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1204 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1205 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1206 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1207 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1208 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1209 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1210 } | |
| 1211 } | |
| 1212 else if (ident == Id::max_exp) | |
| 1213 { | |
| 1214 switch (ty) | |
| 1215 { | |
| 1216 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1217 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1218 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1219 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1220 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1221 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1222 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1223 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1224 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1225 } | |
| 1226 } | |
| 1227 else if (ident == Id::min_10_exp) | |
| 1228 { | |
| 1229 switch (ty) | |
| 1230 { | |
| 1231 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1232 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1233 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1234 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1235 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1236 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1237 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1238 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1239 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1240 } | |
| 1241 } | |
| 1242 else if (ident == Id::min_exp) | |
| 1243 { | |
| 1244 switch (ty) | |
| 1245 { | |
| 1246 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1247 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1248 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1249 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1250 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1251 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1252 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1253 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1254 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1255 } | |
| 1256 } | |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 Ldefault: | |
| 1259 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 1260 | |
| 1261 Livalue: | |
| 1262 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, this); | |
| 1263 return e; | |
| 1264 | |
| 1265 Lfvalue: | |
| 1266 if (isreal() || isimaginary()) | |
| 1267 e = new RealExp(loc, fvalue, this); | |
| 1268 else | |
| 1269 { | |
| 1270 complex_t cvalue; | |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 #if __DMC__ | |
| 1273 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[0] = fvalue; | |
| 1274 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[1] = fvalue; | |
| 1275 cvalue = fvalue + fvalue * I; | |
| 1276 #else | |
| 1277 cvalue.re = fvalue; | |
| 1278 cvalue.im = fvalue; | |
| 1279 #endif | |
| 1280 //for (int i = 0; i < 20; i++) | |
| 1281 // printf("%02x ", ((unsigned char *)&cvalue)[i]); | |
| 1282 //printf("\n"); | |
| 1283 e = new ComplexExp(loc, cvalue, this); | |
| 1284 } | |
| 1285 return e; | |
| 1286 | |
| 1287 Lint: | |
| 1288 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, Type::tint32); | |
| 1289 return e; | |
| 1290 } | |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 Expression *TypeBasic::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1293 { | |
| 1294 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1295 printf("TypeBasic::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1296 #endif | |
| 1297 Type *t; | |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 if (ident == Id::re) | |
| 1300 { | |
| 1301 switch (ty) | |
| 1302 { | |
| 1303 case Tcomplex32: t = tfloat32; goto L1; | |
| 1304 case Tcomplex64: t = tfloat64; goto L1; | |
| 1305 case Tcomplex80: t = tfloat80; goto L1; | |
| 1306 L1: | |
| 1307 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1308 break; | |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1311 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1312 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1313 break; | |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L2; | |
| 1316 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L2; | |
| 1317 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L2; | |
| 1318 L2: | |
| 1319 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, t); | |
| 1320 break; | |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 default: | |
| 1323 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1324 } | |
| 1325 } | |
| 1326 else if (ident == Id::im) | |
| 1327 { Type *t2; | |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 switch (ty) | |
| 1330 { | |
| 1331 case Tcomplex32: t = timaginary32; t2 = tfloat32; goto L3; | |
| 1332 case Tcomplex64: t = timaginary64; t2 = tfloat64; goto L3; | |
| 1333 case Tcomplex80: t = timaginary80; t2 = tfloat80; goto L3; | |
| 1334 L3: | |
| 1335 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1336 e->type = t2; | |
| 1337 break; | |
| 1338 | |
| 1339 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L4; | |
| 1340 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L4; | |
| 1341 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L4; | |
| 1342 L4: | |
| 1343 e->type = t; | |
| 1344 break; | |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1347 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1348 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1349 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, this); | |
| 1350 break; | |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 default: | |
| 1353 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1354 } | |
| 1355 } | |
| 1356 else | |
| 1357 { | |
| 1358 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1359 } | |
| 1360 return e; | |
| 1361 } | |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 Expression *TypeBasic::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 1364 { integer_t value = 0; | |
| 1365 | |
| 1366 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 1367 printf("TypeBasic::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 1368 #endif | |
| 1369 switch (ty) | |
| 1370 { | |
|
591
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1371 case Tvoid: |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1372 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, Type::tbool); |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1373 |
| 159 | 1374 case Tchar: |
| 1375 value = 0xFF; | |
| 1376 break; | |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 case Twchar: | |
| 1379 case Tdchar: | |
| 1380 value = 0xFFFF; | |
| 1381 break; | |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1384 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1385 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1386 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1387 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1388 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1389 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1390 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1391 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1392 return getProperty(loc, Id::nan); | |
| 1393 } | |
| 1394 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, this); | |
| 1395 } | |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 int TypeBasic::isZeroInit() | |
| 1398 { | |
| 1399 switch (ty) | |
| 1400 { | |
| 1401 case Tchar: | |
| 1402 case Twchar: | |
| 1403 case Tdchar: | |
| 1404 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1405 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1406 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1407 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1408 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1409 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1410 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1411 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1412 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1413 return 0; // no | |
| 1414 } | |
| 1415 return 1; // yes | |
| 1416 } | |
| 1417 | |
| 1418 int TypeBasic::isbit() | |
| 1419 { | |
| 1420 return (ty == Tbit); | |
| 1421 } | |
| 1422 | |
| 1423 int TypeBasic::isintegral() | |
| 1424 { | |
| 1425 //printf("TypeBasic::isintegral('%s') x%x\n", toChars(), flags); | |
| 1426 return flags & TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 1427 } | |
| 1428 | |
| 1429 int TypeBasic::isfloating() | |
| 1430 { | |
| 1431 return flags & TFLAGSfloating; | |
| 1432 } | |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 int TypeBasic::isreal() | |
| 1435 { | |
| 1436 return flags & TFLAGSreal; | |
| 1437 } | |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 int TypeBasic::isimaginary() | |
| 1440 { | |
| 1441 return flags & TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 1442 } | |
| 1443 | |
| 1444 int TypeBasic::iscomplex() | |
| 1445 { | |
| 1446 return flags & TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 1447 } | |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 int TypeBasic::isunsigned() | |
| 1450 { | |
| 1451 return flags & TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1452 } | |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 int TypeBasic::isscalar() | |
| 1455 { | |
| 1456 return flags & (TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1457 } | |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 MATCH TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1460 { | |
| 1461 //printf("TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(%s) from %s\n", to->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 1462 if (this == to) | |
| 1463 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 if (ty == Tvoid || to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1466 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1467 if (1 || global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 1468 { | |
| 1469 if (to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1470 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1471 } | |
| 1472 else | |
| 1473 { | |
| 1474 if (ty == Tbool || to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1475 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1476 } | |
| 1477 if (!to->isTypeBasic()) | |
| 1478 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 TypeBasic *tob = (TypeBasic *)to; | |
| 1481 if (flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1482 { | |
| 1483 // Disallow implicit conversion of integers to imaginary or complex | |
| 1484 if (tob->flags & (TFLAGSimaginary | TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1485 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 // If converting to integral | |
| 1488 if (0 && global.params.Dversion > 1 && tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1489 { d_uns64 sz = size(0); | |
| 1490 d_uns64 tosz = tob->size(0); | |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 /* Can't convert to smaller size or, if same size, change sign | |
| 1493 */ | |
| 1494 if (sz > tosz) | |
| 1495 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 /*if (sz == tosz && (flags ^ tob->flags) & TFLAGSunsigned) | |
| 1498 return MATCHnomatch;*/ | |
| 1499 } | |
| 1500 } | |
| 1501 else if (flags & TFLAGSfloating) | |
| 1502 { | |
| 1503 // Disallow implicit conversion of floating point to integer | |
| 1504 if (tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1505 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 assert(tob->flags & TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 // Disallow implicit conversion from complex to non-complex | |
| 1510 if (flags & TFLAGScomplex && !(tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1511 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 // Disallow implicit conversion of real or imaginary to complex | |
| 1514 if (flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary) && | |
| 1515 tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex) | |
| 1516 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 // Disallow implicit conversion to-from real and imaginary | |
| 1519 if ((flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary)) != | |
| 1520 (tob->flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary))) | |
| 1521 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1522 } | |
| 1523 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1524 } | |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 TypeBasic *TypeBasic::isTypeBasic() | |
| 1527 { | |
| 1528 return (TypeBasic *)this; | |
| 1529 } | |
| 1530 | |
| 1531 /***************************** TypeArray *****************************/ | |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 TypeArray::TypeArray(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 1534 : Type(ty, next) | |
| 1535 { | |
| 1536 } | |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 Expression *TypeArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1539 { | |
| 1540 Type *n = this->next->toBasetype(); // uncover any typedef's | |
| 1541 | |
| 1542 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1543 printf("TypeArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1544 #endif | |
| 1545 if (ident == Id::reverse && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1546 { | |
| 1547 Expression *ec; | |
| 1548 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1549 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1550 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1551 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1552 if(!adReverseChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1553 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1554 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1555 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1556 adReverseChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1557 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1558 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1559 if(!adReverseWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1560 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1561 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1562 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1563 adReverseWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1564 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1565 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1566 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1567 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1568 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1569 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1570 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1571 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1572 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1573 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1574 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1575 } | |
| 1576 else if (ident == Id::sort && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1577 { | |
| 1578 Expression *ec; | |
| 1579 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1580 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1581 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1582 static FuncDeclaration *adSortChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1583 if(!adSortChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1584 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1585 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1586 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1587 adSortChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1588 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1589 static FuncDeclaration *adSortWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1590 if(!adSortWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1591 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1592 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1593 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1594 adSortWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1595 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1596 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1597 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1598 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1599 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1600 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1601 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1602 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1603 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1604 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1605 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1606 } | |
| 1607 else if (ident == Id::reverse || ident == Id::dup) | |
| 1608 { | |
| 1609 Expression *ec; | |
| 1610 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 1611 int size = next->size(e->loc); | |
| 1612 int dup; | |
| 1613 | |
| 1614 assert(size); | |
| 1615 dup = (ident == Id::dup); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1616 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1617 static FuncDeclaration *adDup_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1618 if(!adDup_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1619 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1620 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1621 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1622 adDup_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adDup); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1623 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1624 static FuncDeclaration *adReverse_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1625 if(!adReverse_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1626 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1627 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1628 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1629 adReverse_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adReverse); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1630 } |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1631 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1632 if(dup) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1633 ec = new VarExp(0, adDup_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1634 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1635 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverse_fd); |
| 159 | 1636 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1637 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1638 if (dup) | |
| 1639 arguments->push(getTypeInfo(sc)); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1640 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1641 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1642 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1643 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1644 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1645 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1646 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1647 |
| 159 | 1648 if (!dup) |
|
881
1c2faa8325d1
Fixed 64bit problem in mtype.c with _adReverse runtime call, fixes #161 .
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
1649 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 159 | 1650 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1651 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1652 } | |
| 1653 else if (ident == Id::sort) | |
| 1654 { | |
| 1655 Expression *ec; | |
| 1656 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1657 bool isBit = (n->ty == Tbit); |
| 159 | 1658 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1659 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1660 static FuncDeclaration *adSort_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1661 if(!adSort_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1662 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1663 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1664 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1665 adSort_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSort"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1666 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1667 static FuncDeclaration *adSortBit_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1668 if(!adSortBit_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1669 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1670 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1671 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1672 adSortBit_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSortBit"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1673 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1674 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1675 if(isBit) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1676 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortBit_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1677 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1678 ec = new VarExp(0, adSort_fd); |
| 159 | 1679 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1680 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1681 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1682 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1683 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1684 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1685 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1686 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1687 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1688 |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1689 if (next->ty != Tbit) |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1690 arguments->push(n->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC, we don't support the getInternalTypeInfo |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1691 // optimization arbitrarily, not yet at least... |
| 159 | 1692 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1693 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1694 } | |
| 1695 else | |
| 1696 { | |
| 1697 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1698 } | |
| 1699 return e; | |
| 1700 } | |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 /***************************** TypeSArray *****************************/ | |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 TypeSArray::TypeSArray(Type *t, Expression *dim) | |
| 1706 : TypeArray(Tsarray, t) | |
| 1707 { | |
| 1708 //printf("TypeSArray(%s)\n", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1709 this->dim = dim; | |
| 1710 } | |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 Type *TypeSArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1713 { | |
| 1714 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1715 Expression *e = dim->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1716 t = new TypeSArray(t, e); | |
| 1717 return t; | |
| 1718 } | |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 d_uns64 TypeSArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 1721 { integer_t sz; | |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 if (!dim) | |
| 1724 return Type::size(loc); | |
| 1725 sz = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1726 if (next->toBasetype()->ty == Tbit) // if array of bits | |
| 1727 { | |
| 1728 if (sz + 31 < sz) | |
| 1729 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1730 sz = ((sz + 31) & ~31) / 8; // size in bytes, rounded up to 32 bit dwords | |
| 1731 } | |
| 1732 else | |
| 1733 { integer_t n, n2; | |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 n = next->size(); | |
| 1736 n2 = n * sz; | |
| 1737 if (n && (n2 / n) != sz) | |
| 1738 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1739 sz = n2; | |
| 1740 } | |
| 1741 return sz; | |
| 1742 | |
| 1743 Loverflow: | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1744 error(loc, "index %lld overflow for static array", sz); |
| 159 | 1745 return 1; |
| 1746 } | |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 unsigned TypeSArray::alignsize() | |
| 1749 { | |
| 1750 return next->alignsize(); | |
| 1751 } | |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 /************************** | |
| 1754 * This evaluates exp while setting length to be the number | |
| 1755 * of elements in the tuple t. | |
| 1756 */ | |
| 1757 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, Type *t, Expression *exp) | |
| 1758 { | |
| 1759 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 1760 { ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol((TypeTuple *)t); | |
| 1761 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1762 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1763 | |
| 1764 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 sc->pop(); | |
| 1767 } | |
| 1768 else | |
| 1769 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1770 return exp; | |
| 1771 } | |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, TupleDeclaration *s, Expression *exp) | |
| 1774 { | |
| 1775 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(s); | |
| 1776 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1777 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1778 | |
| 1779 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1780 | |
| 1781 sc->pop(); | |
| 1782 return exp; | |
| 1783 } | |
| 1784 | |
| 1785 void TypeSArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 1786 { | |
| 1787 //printf("TypeSArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1788 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1789 //printf("s = %p, e = %p, t = %p\n", *ps, *pe, *pt); | |
| 1790 if (*pe) | |
| 1791 { // It's really an index expression | |
| 1792 Expression *e; | |
| 1793 e = new IndexExp(loc, *pe, dim); | |
| 1794 *pe = e; | |
| 1795 } | |
| 1796 else if (*ps) | |
| 1797 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 1798 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1799 if (td) | |
| 1800 { | |
| 1801 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 1802 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1803 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 dim = dim->semantic(sc); | |
| 1806 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1807 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 1810 | |
| 1811 if (d >= td->objects->dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1812 { error(loc, "tuple index %llu exceeds %u", d, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1813 goto Ldefault; |
| 1814 } | |
| 1815 Object *o = (Object *)td->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1816 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 1817 { | |
| 1818 *ps = (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 1819 return; | |
| 1820 } | |
| 1821 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 1822 { | |
| 1823 *ps = NULL; | |
| 1824 *pe = (Expression *)o; | |
| 1825 return; | |
| 1826 } | |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 1829 * is a slice [d..d+1] out of the old one. | |
| 1830 * Do it this way because TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() | |
| 1831 * can handle unresolved Objects this way. | |
| 1832 */ | |
| 1833 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 1834 objects->setDim(1); | |
| 1835 objects->data[0] = o; | |
| 1836 | |
| 1837 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 1838 *ps = tds; | |
| 1839 } | |
| 1840 else | |
| 1841 goto Ldefault; | |
| 1842 } | |
| 1843 else | |
| 1844 { | |
| 1845 Ldefault: | |
| 1846 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1847 } | |
| 1848 } | |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 Type *TypeSArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 1851 { | |
| 1852 //printf("TypeSArray::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 Type *t; | |
| 1855 Expression *e; | |
| 1856 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1857 next->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 1858 if (dim && s && s->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 1859 { TupleDeclaration *sd = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 dim = semanticLength(sc, sd, dim); | |
| 1862 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1863 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1864 | |
| 1865 if (d >= sd->objects->dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1866 { error(loc, "tuple index %llu exceeds %u", d, sd->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1867 return Type::terror; |
| 1868 } | |
| 1869 Object *o = (Object *)sd->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1870 if (o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 1871 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", toChars()); | |
| 1872 return Type::terror; | |
| 1873 } | |
| 1874 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 1875 return t; | |
| 1876 } | |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 1879 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 if (dim) | |
| 1882 { integer_t n, n2; | |
| 1883 | |
| 1884 dim = semanticLength(sc, tbn, dim); | |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1887 if (sc && sc->parameterSpecialization && dim->op == TOKvar && |
| 159 | 1888 ((VarExp *)dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) |
| 1889 { | |
| 1890 /* It could be a template parameter N which has no value yet: | |
| 1891 * template Foo(T : T[N], size_t N); | |
| 1892 */ | |
| 1893 return this; | |
| 1894 } | |
| 1895 integer_t d1 = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1896 dim = dim->castTo(sc, tsize_t); | |
| 1897 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 1898 integer_t d2 = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 if (d1 != d2) | |
| 1901 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 if (tbn->isintegral() || | |
| 1904 tbn->isfloating() || | |
| 1905 tbn->ty == Tpointer || | |
| 1906 tbn->ty == Tarray || | |
| 1907 tbn->ty == Tsarray || | |
| 1908 tbn->ty == Taarray || | |
| 1909 tbn->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1910 { | |
| 1911 /* Only do this for types that don't need to have semantic() | |
| 1912 * run on them for the size, since they may be forward referenced. | |
| 1913 */ | |
| 1914 n = tbn->size(loc); | |
| 1915 n2 = n * d2; | |
| 1916 if ((int)n2 < 0) | |
| 1917 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1918 if (n2 >= 0x1000000) // put a 'reasonable' limit on it | |
| 1919 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1920 if (n && n2 / n != d2) | |
| 1921 { | |
| 1922 Loverflow: | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1923 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", d1); |
| 159 | 1924 dim = new IntegerExp(0, 1, tsize_t); |
| 1925 } | |
| 1926 } | |
| 1927 } | |
| 1928 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 1929 { | |
| 1930 case Ttuple: | |
| 1931 { // Index the tuple to get the type | |
| 1932 assert(dim); | |
| 1933 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 1934 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1935 | |
| 1936 if (d >= tt->arguments->dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1937 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 1938 return Type::terror; |
| 1939 } | |
| 1940 Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1941 return arg->type; | |
| 1942 } | |
| 1943 case Tfunction: | |
| 1944 case Tnone: | |
| 1945 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1946 tbn = next = tint32; | |
| 1947 break; | |
| 1948 } | |
| 1949 if (tbn->isauto()) | |
| 1950 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1951 return merge(); | |
| 1952 } | |
| 1953 | |
| 1954 void TypeSArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 1955 { | |
| 1956 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 1957 if (dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1958 buf->printf("%ju", dim->toInteger()); |
| 159 | 1959 if (next) |
| 1960 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 1961 } | |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 void TypeSArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 1964 { | |
| 1965 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 1966 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 1967 return; | |
| 1968 } | |
| 1969 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 1970 buf->printf("[%s]", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1971 } | |
| 1972 | |
| 1973 Expression *TypeSArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1974 { | |
| 1975 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1976 printf("TypeSArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1977 #endif | |
| 1978 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 1979 { | |
| 1980 e = dim; | |
| 1981 } | |
| 1982 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 1983 { | |
| 1984 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 1985 } | |
| 1986 else | |
| 1987 { | |
| 1988 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1989 } | |
| 1990 return e; | |
| 1991 } | |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 int TypeSArray::isString() | |
| 1994 { | |
| 1995 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 1996 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 1997 } | |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 unsigned TypeSArray::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 2000 { | |
| 2001 return next->memalign(salign); | |
| 2002 } | |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 MATCH TypeSArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2005 { | |
| 2006 //printf("TypeSArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2007 | |
| 2008 // Allow implicit conversion of static array to pointer or dynamic array | |
| 2009 if ((IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && to->ty == Tpointer) && | |
| 2010 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) | |
| 2011 /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2012 { | |
| 2013 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2014 } | |
| 2015 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2016 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 if (next->equals(to->next) || | |
| 2019 (to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2020 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2021 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2022 } | |
| 2023 #if 0 | |
| 2024 if (to->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2025 { | |
| 2026 TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)to; | |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 if (next->equals(tsa->next) && dim->equals(tsa->dim)) | |
| 2029 { | |
| 2030 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2031 } | |
| 2032 } | |
| 2033 #endif | |
| 2034 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2035 } | |
| 2036 | |
| 2037 Expression *TypeSArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2038 { | |
| 2039 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2040 printf("TypeSArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2041 #endif | |
| 2042 return next->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 2043 } | |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 int TypeSArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2046 { | |
| 2047 return next->isZeroInit(); | |
| 2048 } | |
| 2049 | |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 Expression *TypeSArray::toExpression() | |
| 2052 { | |
| 2053 Expression *e = next->toExpression(); | |
| 2054 if (e) | |
| 2055 { Expressions *arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 2056 arguments->push(dim); | |
| 2057 e = new ArrayExp(dim->loc, e, arguments); | |
| 2058 } | |
| 2059 return e; | |
| 2060 } | |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 int TypeSArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2063 { | |
| 2064 return next->hasPointers(); | |
| 2065 } | |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 /***************************** TypeDArray *****************************/ | |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 TypeDArray::TypeDArray(Type *t) | |
| 2070 : TypeArray(Tarray, t) | |
| 2071 { | |
| 2072 //printf("TypeDArray(t = %p)\n", t); | |
| 2073 } | |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 Type *TypeDArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2076 { | |
| 2077 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2078 if (t == next) | |
| 2079 t = this; | |
| 2080 else | |
| 2081 t = new TypeDArray(t); | |
| 2082 return t; | |
| 2083 } | |
| 2084 | |
| 2085 d_uns64 TypeDArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2086 { | |
| 2087 //printf("TypeDArray::size()\n"); | |
| 2088 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 2089 } | |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 unsigned TypeDArray::alignsize() | |
| 2092 { | |
| 2093 // A DArray consists of two ptr-sized values, so align it on pointer size | |
| 2094 // boundary | |
| 2095 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2096 } | |
| 2097 | |
| 2098 Type *TypeDArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2099 { Type *tn = next; | |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 tn = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2102 Type *tbn = tn->toBasetype(); | |
| 2103 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 2104 { | |
| 2105 case Tfunction: | |
| 2106 case Tnone: | |
| 2107 case Ttuple: | |
| 2108 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2109 tn = next = tint32; | |
| 2110 break; | |
| 2111 } | |
| 2112 if (tn->isauto()) | |
| 2113 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tn->toChars()); | |
| 2114 if (next != tn) | |
| 2115 //deco = NULL; // redo | |
| 2116 return tn->arrayOf(); | |
| 2117 return merge(); | |
| 2118 } | |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 void TypeDArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2121 { | |
| 2122 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2123 if (next) | |
| 2124 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2125 } | |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 void TypeDArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2128 { | |
| 2129 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2130 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2131 return; | |
| 2132 } | |
| 2133 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2134 buf->writestring("[]"); | |
| 2135 } | |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 Expression *TypeDArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2138 { | |
| 2139 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2140 printf("TypeDArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2141 #endif | |
| 2142 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2143 { | |
| 2144 if (e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2145 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)e; | |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 return new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex); | |
| 2148 } | |
| 2149 e = new ArrayLengthExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 2150 e->type = Type::tsize_t; | |
| 2151 return e; | |
| 2152 } | |
| 2153 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2154 { | |
| 2155 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2156 return e; | |
| 2157 } | |
| 2158 else | |
| 2159 { | |
| 2160 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2161 } | |
| 2162 return e; | |
| 2163 } | |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 int TypeDArray::isString() | |
| 2166 { | |
| 2167 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2168 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2169 } | |
| 2170 | |
| 2171 MATCH TypeDArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2172 { | |
| 2173 //printf("TypeDArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 // Allow implicit conversion of array to pointer | |
| 2176 if (IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && | |
| 2177 to->ty == Tpointer && | |
| 2178 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2179 { | |
| 2180 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2181 } | |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2184 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 if ((to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2187 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2188 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2189 } | |
| 2190 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2191 } | |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 Expression *TypeDArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2194 { | |
| 2195 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2196 printf("TypeDArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2197 #endif | |
| 2198 Expression *e; | |
| 2199 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2200 e->type = this; | |
| 2201 return e; | |
| 2202 } | |
| 2203 | |
| 2204 int TypeDArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2205 { | |
| 2206 return 1; | |
| 2207 } | |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 int TypeDArray::checkBoolean() | |
| 2210 { | |
| 2211 return TRUE; | |
| 2212 } | |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 int TypeDArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2215 { | |
| 2216 return TRUE; | |
| 2217 } | |
| 2218 | |
| 2219 /***************************** TypeAArray *****************************/ | |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 TypeAArray::TypeAArray(Type *t, Type *index) | |
| 2222 : TypeArray(Taarray, t) | |
| 2223 { | |
| 2224 this->index = index; | |
| 2225 this->key = NULL; | |
| 2226 } | |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 Type *TypeAArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2229 { | |
| 2230 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2231 Type *ti = index->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2232 if (t == next && ti == index) | |
| 2233 t = this; | |
| 2234 else | |
| 2235 t = new TypeAArray(t, ti); | |
| 2236 return t; | |
| 2237 } | |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 d_uns64 TypeAArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2240 { | |
| 2241 return PTRSIZE /* * 2*/; | |
| 2242 } | |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 Type *TypeAArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2246 { | |
| 2247 //printf("TypeAArray::semantic() %s index->ty = %d\n", toChars(), index->ty); | |
| 2248 | |
| 2249 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2250 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2251 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2252 { | |
| 2253 Expression *e; | |
| 2254 Type *t; | |
| 2255 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2256 | |
| 2257 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2258 if (e) | |
| 2259 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2260 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2261 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2264 return tsa->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2265 } | |
| 2266 else if (t) | |
| 2267 index = t; | |
| 2268 else | |
| 2269 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2270 } | |
| 2271 else | |
| 2272 index = index->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 // Compute key type; the purpose of the key type is to | |
| 2275 // minimize the permutations of runtime library | |
| 2276 // routines as much as possible. | |
| 2277 key = index->toBasetype(); | |
| 2278 switch (key->ty) | |
| 2279 { | |
| 2280 #if 0 | |
| 2281 case Tint8: | |
| 2282 case Tuns8: | |
| 2283 case Tint16: | |
| 2284 case Tuns16: | |
| 2285 key = tint32; | |
| 2286 break; | |
| 2287 #endif | |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 case Tsarray: | |
| 2290 #if 0 | |
| 2291 // Convert to Tarray | |
| 2292 key = key->next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2293 #endif | |
| 2294 break; | |
| 2295 case Tbit: | |
| 2296 case Tbool: | |
| 2297 case Tfunction: | |
| 2298 case Tvoid: | |
| 2299 case Tnone: | |
| 2300 error(loc, "can't have associative array key of %s", key->toChars()); | |
| 2301 break; | |
| 2302 } | |
| 2303 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2304 switch (next->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2305 { | |
| 2306 case Tfunction: | |
| 2307 case Tnone: | |
| 2308 error(loc, "can't have associative array of %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2309 break; | |
| 2310 } | |
| 2311 if (next->isauto()) | |
| 2312 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 return merge(); | |
| 2315 } | |
| 2316 | |
| 336 | 2317 void TypeAArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) |
| 2318 { | |
| 2319 //printf("TypeAArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2322 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2323 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2324 { | |
| 2325 Expression *e; | |
| 2326 Type *t; | |
| 2327 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2330 if (e) | |
| 2331 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2332 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2333 | |
| 2334 TypeSArray *tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2335 return tsa->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2336 } | |
| 2337 else if (t) | |
| 2338 index = t; | |
| 2339 else | |
| 2340 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2341 } | |
| 2342 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2343 } | |
| 2344 | |
| 2345 | |
| 159 | 2346 Expression *TypeAArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) |
| 2347 { | |
| 2348 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2349 printf("TypeAArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2350 #endif | |
| 2351 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2352 { | |
| 2353 Expression *ec; | |
| 2354 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2355 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2356 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2357 static FuncDeclaration *aaLen_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2358 if(!aaLen_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2359 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2360 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2361 aaLen_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tsize_t, Id::aaLen); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2362 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2363 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2364 ec = new VarExp(0, aaLen_fd); |
| 159 | 2365 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2366 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2367 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2368 e->type = aaLen_fd->type->next; |
| 159 | 2369 } |
| 2370 else if (ident == Id::keys) | |
| 2371 { | |
| 2372 Expression *ec; | |
| 2373 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2374 int size = key->size(e->loc); | |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 assert(size); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2377 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2378 static FuncDeclaration *aaKeys_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2379 if(!aaKeys_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2380 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2381 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2382 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2383 aaKeys_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaKeys); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2384 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2385 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2386 ec = new VarExp(0, aaKeys_fd); |
| 159 | 2387 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2388 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2389 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2390 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2391 e->type = index->arrayOf(); | |
| 2392 } | |
| 2393 else if (ident == Id::values) | |
| 2394 { | |
| 2395 Expression *ec; | |
| 2396 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2397 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2398 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2399 static FuncDeclaration *aaValues_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2400 if(!aaValues_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2401 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2402 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2403 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2404 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2405 aaValues_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaValues); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2406 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2407 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2408 ec = new VarExp(0, aaValues_fd); |
| 159 | 2409 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2410 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2411 size_t keysize = key->size(e->loc); | |
|
771
bfabbac8e705
Fixed 64bit problem with aaValues runtime calls (assumed 32bits)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
742
diff
changeset
|
2412 keysize = (keysize + PTRSIZE - 1) & ~(PTRSIZE - 1); |
| 159 | 2413 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, keysize, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 2414 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, next->size(e->loc), Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2415 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2416 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2417 } | |
| 2418 else if (ident == Id::rehash) | |
| 2419 { | |
| 2420 Expression *ec; | |
| 2421 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2422 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2423 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2424 static FuncDeclaration *aaRehash_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2425 if(!aaRehash_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2426 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2427 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2428 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2429 aaRehash_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoidptr, Id::aaRehash); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2430 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2431 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2432 ec = new VarExp(0, aaRehash_fd); |
| 159 | 2433 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2434 arguments->push(e->addressOf(sc)); | |
|
975
067bb8f19c36
Fix #217. getInternalTypeInfo doesn't work with LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
938
diff
changeset
|
2435 arguments->push(key->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC doesn't support getInternalTypeInfo, see above |
| 159 | 2436 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 2437 e->type = this; | |
| 2438 } | |
| 2439 else | |
| 2440 { | |
| 2441 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2442 } | |
| 2443 return e; | |
| 2444 } | |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 void TypeAArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2447 { | |
| 2448 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2449 index->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2450 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2451 } | |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 void TypeAArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2454 { | |
| 2455 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2456 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2457 return; | |
| 2458 } | |
| 2459 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2460 buf->writeByte('['); | |
| 2461 index->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2462 buf->writeByte(']'); | |
| 2463 } | |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 Expression *TypeAArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2466 { | |
| 2467 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2468 printf("TypeAArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2469 #endif | |
| 2470 Expression *e; | |
| 2471 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2472 e->type = this; | |
| 2473 return e; | |
| 2474 } | |
| 2475 | |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2476 int TypeAArray::isZeroInit() |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2477 { |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
2478 return TRUE; |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2479 } |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2480 |
| 159 | 2481 int TypeAArray::checkBoolean() |
| 2482 { | |
| 2483 return TRUE; | |
| 2484 } | |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 int TypeAArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2487 { | |
| 2488 return TRUE; | |
| 2489 } | |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 /***************************** TypePointer *****************************/ | |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 TypePointer::TypePointer(Type *t) | |
| 2494 : Type(Tpointer, t) | |
| 2495 { | |
| 2496 } | |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 Type *TypePointer::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2499 { | |
| 2500 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2501 if (t == next) | |
| 2502 t = this; | |
| 2503 else | |
| 2504 t = new TypePointer(t); | |
| 2505 return t; | |
| 2506 } | |
| 2507 | |
| 2508 Type *TypePointer::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2509 { | |
| 2510 //printf("TypePointer::semantic()\n"); | |
| 2511 Type *n = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2512 switch (n->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2513 { | |
| 2514 case Ttuple: | |
| 2515 error(loc, "can't have pointer to %s", n->toChars()); | |
| 2516 n = tint32; | |
| 2517 break; | |
| 2518 } | |
| 2519 if (n != next) | |
| 2520 deco = NULL; | |
| 2521 next = n; | |
| 2522 return merge(); | |
| 2523 } | |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 d_uns64 TypePointer::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2527 { | |
| 2528 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2529 } | |
| 2530 | |
| 2531 void TypePointer::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2532 { | |
| 2533 //printf("TypePointer::toCBuffer2() next = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2534 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2535 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2536 return; | |
| 2537 } | |
| 2538 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2539 if (next->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2540 buf->writeByte('*'); | |
| 2541 } | |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 MATCH TypePointer::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2544 { | |
| 2545 //printf("TypePointer::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 if (this == to) | |
| 2548 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2549 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next) | |
| 2550 { | |
| 2551 if (to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2552 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 #if 0 | |
| 2555 if (to->next->isBaseOf(next)) | |
| 2556 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2557 #endif | |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 if (next->ty == Tfunction && to->next->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2560 { TypeFunction *tf; | |
| 2561 TypeFunction *tfto; | |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 tf = (TypeFunction *)(next); | |
| 2564 tfto = (TypeFunction *)(to->next); | |
| 2565 return tfto->equals(tf) ? MATCHexact : MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2566 } | |
| 2567 } | |
| 2568 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2569 // return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2570 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2571 } | |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 int TypePointer::isscalar() | |
| 2574 { | |
| 2575 return TRUE; | |
| 2576 } | |
| 2577 | |
| 2578 Expression *TypePointer::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2579 { | |
| 2580 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2581 printf("TypePointer::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2582 #endif | |
| 2583 Expression *e; | |
| 2584 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2585 e->type = this; | |
| 2586 return e; | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 int TypePointer::isZeroInit() | |
| 2590 { | |
| 2591 return 1; | |
| 2592 } | |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 int TypePointer::hasPointers() | |
| 2595 { | |
| 2596 return TRUE; | |
| 2597 } | |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 /***************************** TypeReference *****************************/ | |
| 2601 | |
| 2602 TypeReference::TypeReference(Type *t) | |
| 2603 : Type(Treference, t) | |
| 2604 { | |
| 2605 if (t->ty == Tbit) | |
| 2606 error(0,"cannot make reference to a bit"); | |
| 2607 // BUG: what about references to static arrays? | |
| 2608 } | |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 Type *TypeReference::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2611 { | |
| 2612 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2613 if (t == next) | |
| 2614 t = this; | |
| 2615 else | |
| 2616 t = new TypeReference(t); | |
| 2617 return t; | |
| 2618 } | |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 d_uns64 TypeReference::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2621 { | |
| 2622 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2623 } | |
| 2624 | |
| 2625 void TypeReference::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2626 { | |
| 2627 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2628 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2629 return; | |
| 2630 } | |
| 2631 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2632 buf->writeByte('&'); | |
| 2633 } | |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 Expression *TypeReference::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2636 { | |
| 2637 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2638 printf("TypeReference::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2639 #endif | |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 // References just forward things along | |
| 2642 return next->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2643 } | |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 Expression *TypeReference::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2646 { | |
| 2647 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2648 printf("TypeReference::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2649 #endif | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
2650 Expression *e = new NullExp(loc); |
| 159 | 2651 e->type = this; |
| 2652 return e; | |
| 2653 } | |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 int TypeReference::isZeroInit() | |
| 2656 { | |
| 2657 return 1; | |
| 2658 } | |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 /***************************** TypeFunction *****************************/ | |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 TypeFunction::TypeFunction(Arguments *parameters, Type *treturn, int varargs, enum LINK linkage) | |
| 2664 : Type(Tfunction, treturn) | |
| 2665 { | |
| 2666 //if (!treturn) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2667 // assert(treturn); | |
| 2668 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 2669 this->varargs = varargs; | |
| 2670 this->linkage = linkage; | |
| 2671 this->inuse = 0; | |
| 2672 } | |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 Type *TypeFunction::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2675 { | |
| 2676 Type *treturn = next ? next->syntaxCopy() : NULL; | |
| 2677 Arguments *params = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(parameters); | |
|
217
0806379a5eca
[svn r233] Added: -oq command line option for writing fully qualified object names.
lindquist
parents:
211
diff
changeset
|
2678 TypeFunction *t = new TypeFunction(params, treturn, varargs, linkage); |
| 159 | 2679 return t; |
| 2680 } | |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 /******************************* | |
| 2683 * Returns: | |
| 2684 * 0 types are distinct | |
| 2685 * 1 this is covariant with t | |
| 2686 * 2 arguments match as far as overloading goes, | |
| 2687 * but types are not covariant | |
| 2688 * 3 cannot determine covariance because of forward references | |
| 2689 */ | |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 int Type::covariant(Type *t) | |
| 2692 { | |
| 2693 #if 0 | |
| 2694 printf("Type::covariant(t = %s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 2695 printf("deco = %p, %p\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 2696 printf("ty = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2697 #endif | |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 int inoutmismatch = 0; | |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 if (equals(t)) | |
| 2702 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2703 if (ty != Tfunction || t->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2704 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 { | |
| 2707 TypeFunction *t1 = (TypeFunction *)this; | |
| 2708 TypeFunction *t2 = (TypeFunction *)t; | |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 if (t1->varargs != t2->varargs) | |
| 2711 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 if (t1->parameters && t2->parameters) | |
| 2714 { | |
| 2715 size_t dim = Argument::dim(t1->parameters); | |
| 2716 if (dim != Argument::dim(t2->parameters)) | |
| 2717 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2720 { Argument *arg1 = Argument::getNth(t1->parameters, i); | |
| 2721 Argument *arg2 = Argument::getNth(t2->parameters, i); | |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 2724 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2725 if (arg1->storageClass != arg2->storageClass) | |
| 2726 inoutmismatch = 1; | |
| 2727 } | |
| 2728 } | |
| 2729 else if (t1->parameters != t2->parameters) | |
| 2730 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 // The argument lists match | |
| 2733 if (inoutmismatch) | |
| 2734 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2735 if (t1->linkage != t2->linkage) | |
| 2736 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 Type *t1n = t1->next; | |
| 2739 Type *t2n = t2->next; | |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 if (t1n->equals(t2n)) | |
| 2742 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2743 if (t1n->ty != Tclass || t2n->ty != Tclass) | |
| 2744 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 // If t1n is forward referenced: | |
| 2747 ClassDeclaration *cd = ((TypeClass *)t1n)->sym; | |
| 2748 if (!cd->baseClass && cd->baseclasses.dim && !cd->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 2749 { | |
| 2750 return 3; | |
| 2751 } | |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 if (t1n->implicitConvTo(t2n)) | |
| 2754 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2755 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2756 } | |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 Lcovariant: | |
| 2759 //printf("\tcovaraint: 1\n"); | |
| 2760 return 1; | |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 Ldistinct: | |
| 2763 //printf("\tcovaraint: 0\n"); | |
| 2764 return 0; | |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 Lnotcovariant: | |
| 2767 //printf("\tcovaraint: 2\n"); | |
| 2768 return 2; | |
| 2769 } | |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 void TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2772 { unsigned char mc; | |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 //printf("TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer() this = %p %s\n", this, toChars()); | |
| 2775 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2776 if (inuse) | |
| 2777 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2778 return; | |
| 2779 } | |
| 2780 inuse++; | |
| 2781 switch (linkage) | |
| 2782 { | |
| 2783 case LINKd: mc = 'F'; break; | |
| 2784 case LINKc: mc = 'U'; break; | |
| 2785 case LINKwindows: mc = 'W'; break; | |
| 2786 case LINKpascal: mc = 'V'; break; | |
| 2787 case LINKcpp: mc = 'R'; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2788 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2789 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2790 case LINKintrinsic: mc = 'Q'; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2791 |
| 159 | 2792 default: |
| 2793 assert(0); | |
| 2794 } | |
| 2795 buf->writeByte(mc); | |
| 2796 // Write argument types | |
| 2797 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(buf, parameters); | |
| 2798 //if (buf->data[buf->offset - 1] == '@') halt(); | |
| 2799 buf->writeByte('Z' - varargs); // mark end of arg list | |
| 2800 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2801 inuse--; | |
| 2802 } | |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2805 { | |
| 2806 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 if (inuse) | |
| 2809 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2810 return; | |
| 2811 } | |
| 2812 inuse++; | |
| 2813 if (next && (!ident || ident->toHChars2() == ident->toChars())) | |
| 2814 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2815 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2816 { | |
| 2817 switch (linkage) | |
| 2818 { | |
| 2819 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2820 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2821 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2822 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2823 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2824 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2825 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2826 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2827 |
| 159 | 2828 default: |
| 2829 assert(0); | |
| 2830 } | |
| 2831 } | |
| 2832 | |
| 2833 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2834 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2835 if (ident) | |
| 2836 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 2837 buf->writestring(ident->toHChars2()); | |
| 2838 } | |
| 2839 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2840 inuse--; | |
| 2841 } | |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2844 { | |
| 2845 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2846 | |
| 2847 if (inuse) | |
| 2848 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2849 return; | |
| 2850 } | |
| 2851 inuse++; | |
| 2852 if (next) | |
| 2853 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2854 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2855 { | |
| 2856 switch (linkage) | |
| 2857 { | |
| 2858 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2859 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2860 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2861 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2862 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2863 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2864 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2865 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2866 |
| 159 | 2867 default: |
| 2868 assert(0); | |
| 2869 } | |
| 2870 } | |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2873 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2874 buf->writestring(" function"); | |
| 2875 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2876 inuse--; | |
| 2877 } | |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 Type *TypeFunction::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2880 { | |
| 2881 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 2882 { | |
| 2883 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 2884 return this; | |
| 2885 } | |
| 2886 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)mem.malloc(sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2889 memcpy(tf, this, sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2890 if (parameters) | |
| 2891 { tf->parameters = (Arguments *)parameters->copy(); | |
| 2892 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 2893 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 2894 Argument *cpy = (Argument *)mem.malloc(sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2895 memcpy(cpy, arg, sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2896 tf->parameters->data[i] = (void *)cpy; | |
| 2897 } | |
| 2898 } | |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 tf->linkage = sc->linkage; | |
| 2901 if (!tf->next) | |
| 2902 { | |
| 2903 assert(global.errors); | |
| 2904 tf->next = tvoid; | |
| 2905 } | |
| 2906 tf->next = tf->next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2907 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2908 { error(loc, "functions cannot return static array %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2909 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2910 } | |
| 2911 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2912 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a function"); | |
| 2913 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2914 } | |
| 2915 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2916 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a tuple"); | |
| 2917 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2918 } | |
| 2919 if (tf->next->isauto() && !(sc->flags & SCOPEctor)) | |
| 2920 error(loc, "functions cannot return auto %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2921 | |
| 2922 if (tf->parameters) | |
| 2923 { size_t dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2926 { Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(tf->parameters, i); | |
| 2927 Type *t; | |
| 2928 | |
| 2929 tf->inuse++; | |
| 2930 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2931 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; | |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2932 |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2933 // each function needs its own copy of a tuple arg, since |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2934 // they mustn't share arg flags like inreg, ... |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2935 if (arg->type->ty == Ttuple) { |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2936 arg->type = arg->type->syntaxCopy(); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2937 tf->inuse++; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2938 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2939 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2940 } |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2941 |
| 159 | 2942 t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 if (arg->storageClass & (STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 2945 { | |
| 2946 if (t->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2947 error(loc, "cannot have out or ref parameter of type %s", t->toChars()); | |
| 2948 } | |
| 2949 if (!(arg->storageClass & STClazy) && t->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2950 error(loc, "cannot have parameter of type %s", arg->type->toChars()); | |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 2953 { | |
| 2954 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->semantic(sc); | |
| 2955 arg->defaultArg = resolveProperties(sc, arg->defaultArg); | |
| 2956 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->implicitCastTo(sc, arg->type); | |
| 2957 } | |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 /* If arg turns out to be a tuple, the number of parameters may | |
| 2960 * change. | |
| 2961 */ | |
| 2962 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2963 { dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2964 i--; | |
| 2965 } | |
| 2966 } | |
| 2967 } | |
| 2968 tf->deco = tf->merge()->deco; | |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 if (tf->inuse) | |
| 2971 { error(loc, "recursive type"); | |
| 2972 tf->inuse = 0; | |
| 2973 return terror; | |
| 2974 } | |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 if (tf->varargs == 1 && tf->linkage != LINKd && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 2977 error(loc, "variadic functions with non-D linkage must have at least one parameter"); | |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 /* Don't return merge(), because arg identifiers and default args | |
| 2980 * can be different | |
| 2981 * even though the types match | |
| 2982 */ | |
| 2983 return tf; | |
| 2984 } | |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 /******************************** | |
| 2987 * 'args' are being matched to function 'this' | |
| 2988 * Determine match level. | |
| 2989 * Returns: | |
| 2990 * MATCHxxxx | |
| 2991 */ | |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 int TypeFunction::callMatch(Expressions *args) | |
| 2994 { | |
| 2995 //printf("TypeFunction::callMatch()\n"); | |
| 2996 int match = MATCHexact; // assume exact match | |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 size_t nparams = Argument::dim(parameters); | |
| 2999 size_t nargs = args ? args->dim : 0; | |
| 3000 if (nparams == nargs) | |
| 3001 ; | |
| 3002 else if (nargs > nparams) | |
| 3003 { | |
| 3004 if (varargs == 0) | |
| 3005 goto Nomatch; // too many args; no match | |
| 3006 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a "conversion" match level | |
| 3007 } | |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 for (size_t u = 0; u < nparams; u++) | |
| 3010 { int m; | |
| 3011 Expression *arg; | |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 // BUG: what about out and ref? | |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 Argument *p = Argument::getNth(parameters, u); | |
| 3016 assert(p); | |
| 3017 if (u >= nargs) | |
| 3018 { | |
| 3019 if (p->defaultArg) | |
| 3020 continue; | |
| 3021 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) | |
| 3022 goto L1; | |
| 3023 goto Nomatch; // not enough arguments | |
| 3024 } | |
| 3025 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3026 assert(arg); | |
| 3027 if (p->storageClass & STClazy && p->type->ty == Tvoid && arg->type->ty != Tvoid) | |
| 3028 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3029 else | |
| 3030 m = arg->implicitConvTo(p->type); | |
| 3031 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 3032 if (m == MATCHnomatch) // if no match | |
| 3033 { | |
| 3034 L1: | |
| 3035 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) // if last varargs param | |
| 3036 { Type *tb = p->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 3037 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 3038 integer_t sz; | |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 3041 { | |
| 3042 case Tsarray: | |
| 3043 tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
| 3044 sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); | |
| 3045 if (sz != nargs - u) | |
| 3046 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3047 case Tarray: | |
| 3048 for (; u < nargs; u++) | |
| 3049 { | |
| 3050 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3051 assert(arg); | |
| 3052 #if 1 | |
| 3053 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 3054 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 3055 */ | |
| 3056 Type *tret = p->isLazyArray(); | |
| 3057 if (tret) | |
| 3058 { | |
| 3059 if (tb->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 3060 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 3061 } | |
| 3062 else | |
| 3063 { | |
| 3064 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 3065 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 3066 { | |
| 3067 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3068 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3069 } | |
| 3070 } | |
| 3071 } | |
| 3072 else | |
| 3073 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3074 #else | |
| 3075 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3076 #endif | |
| 3077 if (m == 0) | |
| 3078 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3079 if (m < match) | |
| 3080 match = m; | |
| 3081 } | |
| 3082 goto Ldone; | |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 case Tclass: | |
| 3085 // Should see if there's a constructor match? | |
| 3086 // Or just leave it ambiguous? | |
| 3087 goto Ldone; | |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 default: | |
| 3090 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3091 } | |
| 3092 } | |
| 3093 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3094 } | |
| 3095 if (m < match) | |
| 3096 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 3097 } | |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 Ldone: | |
| 3100 //printf("match = %d\n", match); | |
| 3101 return match; | |
| 3102 | |
| 3103 Nomatch: | |
| 3104 //printf("no match\n"); | |
| 3105 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3106 } | |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 Type *TypeFunction::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3109 { | |
| 3110 if (parameters) | |
| 3111 { | |
| 3112 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 3113 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 3114 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3115 if (t) | |
| 3116 return t; | |
| 3117 } | |
| 3118 } | |
| 3119 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3120 } | |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 /***************************** TypeDelegate *****************************/ | |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 TypeDelegate::TypeDelegate(Type *t) | |
| 3125 : Type(Tfunction, t) | |
| 3126 { | |
| 3127 ty = Tdelegate; | |
| 3128 } | |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 Type *TypeDelegate::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3131 { | |
| 3132 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3133 if (t == next) | |
| 3134 t = this; | |
| 3135 else | |
| 3136 t = new TypeDelegate(t); | |
| 3137 return t; | |
| 3138 } | |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 Type *TypeDelegate::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3141 { | |
| 3142 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 3143 { | |
| 3144 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 3145 return this; | |
| 3146 } | |
| 3147 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3148 return merge(); | |
| 3149 } | |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 d_uns64 TypeDelegate::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3152 { | |
| 3153 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 3154 } | |
| 3155 | |
|
797
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3156 // LDC added, no reason to align to 2*PTRSIZE |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3157 unsigned TypeDelegate::alignsize() |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3158 { |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3159 // A Delegate consists of two ptr values, so align it on pointer size |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3160 // boundary |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3161 return PTRSIZE; |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3162 } |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3163 |
| 159 | 3164 void TypeDelegate::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) |
| 3165 { | |
| 3166 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3167 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3168 return; | |
| 3169 } | |
| 3170 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)next; | |
| 3171 | |
| 3172 tf->next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 3173 buf->writestring(" delegate"); | |
| 3174 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, tf->parameters, tf->varargs); | |
| 3175 } | |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 Expression *TypeDelegate::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 3178 { | |
| 3179 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 3180 printf("TypeDelegate::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3181 #endif | |
| 3182 Expression *e; | |
| 3183 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 3184 e->type = this; | |
| 3185 return e; | |
| 3186 } | |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 int TypeDelegate::isZeroInit() | |
| 3189 { | |
| 3190 return 1; | |
| 3191 } | |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 int TypeDelegate::checkBoolean() | |
| 3194 { | |
| 3195 return TRUE; | |
| 3196 } | |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 Expression *TypeDelegate::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3199 { | |
| 3200 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3201 printf("TypeDelegate::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3202 #endif | |
| 3203 if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 3204 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3205 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 0); |
| 159 | 3206 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 3207 return e; | |
| 3208 } | |
| 3209 else if (ident == Id::funcptr) | |
| 3210 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3211 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 1); |
|
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3212 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 159 | 3213 return e; |
| 3214 } | |
| 3215 else | |
| 3216 { | |
| 3217 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 3218 } | |
| 3219 return e; | |
| 3220 } | |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 int TypeDelegate::hasPointers() | |
| 3223 { | |
| 3224 return TRUE; | |
| 3225 } | |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 /***************************** TypeQualified *****************************/ | |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 TypeQualified::TypeQualified(TY ty, Loc loc) | |
| 3232 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
| 3233 { | |
| 3234 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3235 } | |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 void TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(TypeQualified *t) | |
| 3238 { | |
| 3239 //printf("TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(%s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3240 idents.setDim(t->idents.dim); | |
| 3241 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3242 { | |
| 3243 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)t->idents.data[i]; | |
| 3244 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3245 { | |
| 3246 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 3249 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 3250 } | |
| 3251 idents.data[i] = id; | |
| 3252 } | |
| 3253 } | |
| 3254 | |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 void TypeQualified::addIdent(Identifier *ident) | |
| 3257 { | |
| 3258 idents.push(ident); | |
| 3259 } | |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 void TypeQualified::toCBuffer2Helper(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3262 { | |
| 3263 int i; | |
| 3264 | |
| 3265 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3266 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3271 { | |
| 3272 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3273 ti->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3274 } | |
| 3275 else | |
| 3276 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 3277 } | |
| 3278 } | |
| 3279 | |
| 3280 d_uns64 TypeQualified::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3281 { | |
| 3282 error(this->loc, "size of type %s is not known", toChars()); | |
| 3283 return 1; | |
| 3284 } | |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 /************************************* | |
| 3287 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3288 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3289 * Output: | |
| 3290 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3291 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3292 */ | |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 void TypeQualified::resolveHelper(Loc loc, Scope *sc, | |
| 3295 Dsymbol *s, Dsymbol *scopesym, | |
| 3296 Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3297 { | |
| 3298 Identifier *id = NULL; | |
| 3299 int i; | |
| 3300 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 3301 EnumMember *em; | |
| 3302 TupleDeclaration *td; | |
| 3303 Type *t; | |
| 3304 Expression *e; | |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 #if 0 | |
| 3307 printf("TypeQualified::resolveHelper(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3308 if (scopesym) | |
| 3309 printf("\tscopesym = '%s'\n", scopesym->toChars()); | |
| 3310 #endif | |
| 3311 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3312 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3313 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3314 if (s) | |
| 3315 { | |
| 3316 //printf("\t1: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 336 | 3317 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); // check for deprecated aliases |
| 159 | 3318 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 3319 //printf("\t2: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3320 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3321 { Dsymbol *sm; | |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3324 sm = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3325 //printf("\t3: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3326 //printf("getType = '%s'\n", s->getType()->toChars()); | |
| 3327 if (!sm) | |
| 3328 { | |
| 3329 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3330 if (v && id == Id::length) | |
| 3331 { | |
| 3332 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3333 { e = v->getExpInitializer()->exp; | |
| 3334 } | |
| 3335 else | |
| 3336 e = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3337 t = e->type; | |
| 3338 if (!t) | |
| 3339 goto Lerror; | |
| 3340 goto L3; | |
| 3341 } | |
| 3342 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3343 if (!t && s->isDeclaration()) | |
| 3344 t = s->isDeclaration()->type; | |
| 3345 if (t) | |
| 3346 { | |
| 3347 sm = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3348 if (sm) | |
| 3349 { sm = sm->search(loc, id, 0); | |
| 3350 if (sm) | |
| 3351 goto L2; | |
| 3352 } | |
| 3353 //e = t->getProperty(loc, id); | |
| 3354 e = new TypeExp(loc, t); | |
| 3355 e = t->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3356 i++; | |
| 3357 L3: | |
| 3358 for (; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3359 { | |
| 3360 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3361 //printf("e: '%s', id: '%s', type = %p\n", e->toChars(), id->toChars(), e->type); | |
| 3362 e = e->type->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3363 } | |
| 3364 *pe = e; | |
| 3365 } | |
| 3366 else | |
| 3367 Lerror: | |
| 3368 error(loc, "identifier '%s' of '%s' is not defined", id->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3369 return; | |
| 3370 } | |
| 3371 L2: | |
| 3372 s = sm->toAlias(); | |
| 3373 } | |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3376 if (v) | |
| 3377 { | |
| 3378 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3379 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3380 { | |
| 3381 ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); | |
| 3382 assert(ei); | |
| 3383 *pe = ei->exp->copy(); // make copy so we can change loc | |
| 3384 (*pe)->loc = loc; | |
| 3385 } | |
| 3386 else | |
| 3387 { | |
| 3388 #if 0 | |
| 3389 WithScopeSymbol *withsym; | |
| 3390 if (scopesym && (withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol()) != NULL) | |
| 3391 { | |
| 3392 // Same as wthis.ident | |
| 3393 e = new VarExp(loc, withsym->withstate->wthis); | |
| 3394 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, ident); | |
| 3395 //assert(0); // BUG: should handle this | |
| 3396 } | |
| 3397 else | |
| 3398 #endif | |
| 3399 *pe = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3400 } | |
| 3401 return; | |
| 3402 } | |
| 3403 em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3404 if (em) | |
| 3405 { | |
| 3406 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3407 *pe = em->value->copy(); | |
| 3408 return; | |
| 3409 } | |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 L1: | |
| 3412 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3413 if (!t) | |
| 3414 { | |
| 3415 // If the symbol is an import, try looking inside the import | |
| 3416 Import *si; | |
| 3417 | |
| 3418 si = s->isImport(); | |
| 3419 if (si) | |
| 3420 { | |
| 3421 s = si->search(loc, s->ident, 0); | |
| 3422 if (s && s != si) | |
| 3423 goto L1; | |
| 3424 s = si; | |
| 3425 } | |
| 3426 *ps = s; | |
| 3427 return; | |
| 3428 } | |
| 3429 if (t->ty == Tinstance && t != this && !t->deco) | |
| 3430 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3431 return; | |
| 3432 } | |
| 3433 | |
| 3434 if (t != this) | |
| 3435 { | |
| 3436 if (t->reliesOnTident()) | |
| 3437 { | |
| 3438 Scope *scx; | |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 for (scx = sc; 1; scx = scx->enclosing) | |
| 3441 { | |
| 3442 if (!scx) | |
| 3443 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3444 return; | |
| 3445 } | |
| 3446 if (scx->scopesym == scopesym) | |
| 3447 break; | |
| 3448 } | |
| 3449 t = t->semantic(loc, scx); | |
| 3450 //((TypeIdentifier *)t)->resolve(loc, scx, pe, &t, ps); | |
| 3451 } | |
| 3452 } | |
| 3453 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
772
cd7da2ba14d1
Fix bug reported by downs. Related to delegate types within tuple template parameters.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
771
diff
changeset
|
3454 *pt = t; |
| 159 | 3455 else |
| 3456 *pt = t->merge(); | |
| 3457 } | |
| 3458 if (!s) | |
| 3459 { | |
| 3460 error(loc, "identifier '%s' is not defined", toChars()); | |
| 3461 } | |
| 3462 } | |
| 3463 | |
| 3464 /***************************** TypeIdentifier *****************************/ | |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 TypeIdentifier::TypeIdentifier(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3467 : TypeQualified(Tident, loc) | |
| 3468 { | |
| 3469 this->ident = ident; | |
| 3470 } | |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 Type *TypeIdentifier::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3474 { | |
| 3475 TypeIdentifier *t; | |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 3478 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3479 return t; | |
| 3480 } | |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 void TypeIdentifier::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 3483 { unsigned len; | |
| 3484 char *name; | |
| 3485 | |
| 3486 name = ident->toChars(); | |
| 3487 len = strlen(name); | |
| 3488 buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 3489 //buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3490 } | |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 void TypeIdentifier::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3493 { | |
| 3494 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3495 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3496 return; | |
| 3497 } | |
| 3498 buf->writestring(this->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3499 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3500 } | |
| 3501 | |
| 3502 /************************************* | |
| 3503 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3504 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3505 * Output: | |
| 3506 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3507 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3508 */ | |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 void TypeIdentifier::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3511 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3512 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3513 | |
| 3514 //printf("TypeIdentifier::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3515 s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3516 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, scopesym, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3517 } | |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 /***************************************** | |
| 3520 * See if type resolves to a symbol, if so, | |
| 3521 * return that symbol. | |
| 3522 */ | |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 Dsymbol *TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3525 { | |
| 3526 //printf("TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 3527 if (!sc) | |
| 3528 return NULL; | |
| 3529 //printf("ident = '%s'\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3530 | |
| 3531 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3532 Dsymbol *s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3533 if (s) | |
| 3534 { | |
| 3535 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3536 { | |
| 3537 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3538 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3539 if (!s) // failed to find a symbol | |
| 3540 { //printf("\tdidn't find a symbol\n"); | |
| 3541 break; | |
| 3542 } | |
| 3543 } | |
| 3544 } | |
| 3545 return s; | |
| 3546 } | |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 Type *TypeIdentifier::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3549 { | |
| 3550 Type *t; | |
| 3551 Expression *e; | |
| 3552 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 //printf("TypeIdentifier::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3555 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3556 if (t) | |
| 3557 { | |
| 3558 //printf("\tit's a type %d, %s, %s\n", t->ty, t->toChars(), t->deco); | |
| 3559 | |
| 3560 if (t->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 3561 { TypeTypedef *tt = (TypeTypedef *)t; | |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 if (tt->sym->sem == 1) | |
| 3564 error(loc, "circular reference of typedef %s", tt->toChars()); | |
| 3565 } | |
| 3566 } | |
| 3567 else | |
| 3568 { | |
| 3569 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3570 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3571 printf("1: "); | |
| 3572 #endif | |
| 3573 if (s) | |
| 3574 { | |
| 3575 s->error(loc, "is used as a type"); | |
| 3576 } | |
| 3577 else | |
| 3578 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3579 t = tvoid; | |
| 3580 } | |
| 3581 //t->print(); | |
| 3582 return t; | |
| 3583 } | |
| 3584 | |
| 3585 Type *TypeIdentifier::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3586 { | |
| 3587 return this; | |
| 3588 } | |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 Expression *TypeIdentifier::toExpression() | |
| 3591 { | |
| 3592 Expression *e = new IdentifierExp(loc, ident); | |
| 3593 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3594 { | |
| 3595 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3596 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3597 } | |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 return e; | |
| 3600 } | |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 /***************************** TypeInstance *****************************/ | |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 TypeInstance::TypeInstance(Loc loc, TemplateInstance *tempinst) | |
| 3605 : TypeQualified(Tinstance, loc) | |
| 3606 { | |
| 3607 this->tempinst = tempinst; | |
| 3608 } | |
| 3609 | |
| 3610 Type *TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3611 { | |
| 3612 //printf("TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() %s, %d\n", toChars(), idents.dim); | |
| 3613 TypeInstance *t; | |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 t = new TypeInstance(loc, (TemplateInstance *)tempinst->syntaxCopy(NULL)); | |
| 3616 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3617 return t; | |
| 3618 } | |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 void TypeInstance::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3622 { | |
| 3623 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3624 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3625 return; | |
| 3626 } | |
| 3627 tempinst->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3628 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3629 } | |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 void TypeInstance::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3632 { | |
| 3633 // Note close similarity to TypeIdentifier::resolve() | |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3638 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3639 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 #if 0 | |
| 3642 if (!idents.dim) | |
| 3643 { | |
| 3644 error(loc, "template instance '%s' has no identifier", toChars()); | |
| 3645 return; | |
| 3646 } | |
| 3647 #endif | |
| 3648 //id = (Identifier *)idents.data[0]; | |
| 3649 //printf("TypeInstance::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, id->toChars()); | |
| 3650 s = tempinst; | |
| 3651 if (s) | |
| 3652 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 3653 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, NULL, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3654 //printf("pt = '%s'\n", (*pt)->toChars()); | |
| 3655 } | |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 Type *TypeInstance::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3658 { | |
| 3659 Type *t; | |
| 3660 Expression *e; | |
| 3661 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3664 | |
| 3665 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) | |
| 3666 { | |
| 3667 unsigned errors = global.errors; | |
| 3668 global.gag++; | |
| 3669 | |
| 3670 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 global.gag--; | |
| 3673 if (errors != global.errors) | |
| 3674 { if (global.gag == 0) | |
| 3675 global.errors = errors; | |
| 3676 return this; | |
| 3677 } | |
| 3678 } | |
| 3679 else | |
| 3680 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3681 | |
| 3682 if (!t) | |
| 3683 { | |
| 3684 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3685 printf("2: "); | |
| 3686 #endif | |
| 3687 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3688 t = tvoid; | |
| 3689 } | |
| 3690 return t; | |
| 3691 } | |
| 3692 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3693 Dsymbol *TypeInstance::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3694 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3695 Type *t; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3696 Expression *e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3697 Dsymbol *s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3698 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3699 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3700 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3701 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3702 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3703 unsigned errors = global.errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3704 global.gag++; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3705 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3706 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3707 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3708 global.gag--; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3709 if (errors != global.errors) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3710 { if (global.gag == 0) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3711 global.errors = errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3712 return NULL; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3713 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3714 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3715 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3716 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3717 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3718 return s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3719 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3720 |
| 159 | 3721 |
| 3722 /***************************** TypeTypeof *****************************/ | |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 TypeTypeof::TypeTypeof(Loc loc, Expression *exp) | |
| 3725 : TypeQualified(Ttypeof, loc) | |
| 3726 { | |
| 3727 this->exp = exp; | |
| 3728 } | |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 Type *TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3731 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3732 //printf("TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 3733 TypeTypeof *t; |
| 3734 | |
| 3735 t = new TypeTypeof(loc, exp->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 3736 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3737 return t; | |
| 3738 } | |
| 3739 | |
| 3740 Dsymbol *TypeTypeof::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3741 { | |
| 3742 Type *t; | |
| 3743 | |
| 336 | 3744 t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 3745 if (t == this) |
| 3746 return NULL; | |
| 3747 return t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3748 } | |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 void TypeTypeof::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3751 { | |
| 3752 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3753 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3754 return; | |
| 3755 } | |
| 3756 buf->writestring("typeof("); | |
| 3757 exp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3758 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 3759 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3760 } | |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 Type *TypeTypeof::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3763 { Expression *e; | |
| 3764 Type *t; | |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 //printf("TypeTypeof::semantic() %p\n", this); | |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 #if 0 | |
| 3771 /* Special case for typeof(this) and typeof(super) since both | |
| 3772 * should work even if they are not inside a non-static member function | |
| 3773 */ | |
| 3774 if (exp->op == TOKthis || exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3775 { | |
| 3776 // Find enclosing struct or class | |
| 3777 for (Dsymbol *s = sc->parent; 1; s = s->parent) | |
| 3778 { | |
| 3779 ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 3780 StructDeclaration *sd; | |
| 3781 | |
| 3782 if (!s) | |
| 3783 { | |
| 3784 error(loc, "%s is not in a struct or class scope", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3785 goto Lerr; | |
| 3786 } | |
| 3787 cd = s->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 3788 if (cd) | |
| 3789 { | |
| 3790 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3791 { | |
| 3792 cd = cd->baseClass; | |
| 3793 if (!cd) | |
| 3794 { error(loc, "class %s has no 'super'", s->toChars()); | |
| 3795 goto Lerr; | |
| 3796 } | |
| 3797 } | |
| 3798 t = cd->type; | |
| 3799 break; | |
| 3800 } | |
| 3801 sd = s->isStructDeclaration(); | |
| 3802 if (sd) | |
| 3803 { | |
| 3804 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3805 { | |
| 3806 error(loc, "struct %s has no 'super'", sd->toChars()); | |
| 3807 goto Lerr; | |
| 3808 } | |
| 3809 t = sd->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 3810 break; | |
| 3811 } | |
| 3812 } | |
| 3813 } | |
| 3814 else | |
| 3815 #endif | |
| 3816 { | |
| 3817 sc->intypeof++; | |
| 3818 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 3819 sc->intypeof--; | |
| 336 | 3820 if (exp->op == TOKtype) |
| 3821 { | |
| 3822 error(loc, "argument %s to typeof is not an expression", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3823 } | |
| 159 | 3824 t = exp->type; |
| 3825 if (!t) | |
| 3826 { | |
| 3827 error(loc, "expression (%s) has no type", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3828 goto Lerr; | |
| 3829 } | |
| 3830 } | |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 if (idents.dim) | |
| 3833 { | |
| 3834 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3835 for (size_t i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3836 { | |
| 3837 if (!s) | |
| 3838 break; | |
| 3839 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3840 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3841 } | |
| 3842 if (s) | |
| 3843 { | |
| 3844 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3845 if (!t) | |
| 3846 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", s->toChars()); | |
| 3847 goto Lerr; | |
| 3848 } | |
| 3849 } | |
| 3850 else | |
| 3851 { error(loc, "cannot resolve .property for %s", toChars()); | |
| 3852 goto Lerr; | |
| 3853 } | |
| 3854 } | |
| 3855 return t; | |
| 3856 | |
| 3857 Lerr: | |
| 3858 return tvoid; | |
| 3859 } | |
| 3860 | |
| 3861 d_uns64 TypeTypeof::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3862 { | |
| 3863 if (exp->type) | |
| 3864 return exp->type->size(loc); | |
| 3865 else | |
| 3866 return TypeQualified::size(loc); | |
| 3867 } | |
| 3868 | |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 /***************************** TypeEnum *****************************/ | |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 TypeEnum::TypeEnum(EnumDeclaration *sym) | |
| 3874 : Type(Tenum, NULL) | |
| 3875 { | |
| 3876 this->sym = sym; | |
| 3877 } | |
| 3878 | |
| 3879 char *TypeEnum::toChars() | |
| 3880 { | |
| 3881 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 3882 } | |
| 3883 | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3884 Type *TypeEnum::syntaxCopy() |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3885 { |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3886 return this; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3887 } |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3888 |
| 159 | 3889 Type *TypeEnum::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 3890 { | |
| 3891 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 3892 return merge(); | |
| 3893 } | |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 d_uns64 TypeEnum::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3896 { | |
| 3897 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3898 { | |
| 3899 error(loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3900 return 4; | |
| 3901 } | |
| 3902 return sym->memtype->size(loc); | |
| 3903 } | |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 unsigned TypeEnum::alignsize() | |
| 3906 { | |
| 3907 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3908 { | |
| 3909 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3910 printf("1: "); | |
| 3911 #endif | |
| 3912 error(0, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3913 return 4; | |
| 3914 } | |
| 3915 return sym->memtype->alignsize(); | |
| 3916 } | |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 Dsymbol *TypeEnum::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3919 { | |
| 3920 return sym; | |
| 3921 } | |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 Type *TypeEnum::toBasetype() | |
| 3924 { | |
| 3925 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3926 { | |
| 3927 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3928 printf("2: "); | |
| 3929 #endif | |
| 3930 error(sym->loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3931 return tint32; | |
| 3932 } | |
| 3933 return sym->memtype->toBasetype(); | |
| 3934 } | |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 void TypeEnum::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 3937 { char *name; | |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 3940 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 3941 // name += 2; | |
| 3942 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3943 } | |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 void TypeEnum::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3946 { | |
| 3947 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3948 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3949 return; | |
| 3950 } | |
| 3951 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 3952 } | |
| 3953 | |
| 3954 Expression *TypeEnum::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3955 { | |
| 3956 EnumMember *m; | |
| 3957 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3958 Expression *em; | |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3961 printf("TypeEnum::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3962 #endif | |
| 3963 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 3964 goto Lfwd; | |
| 3965 s = sym->symtab->lookup(ident); | |
| 3966 if (!s) | |
| 3967 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3968 if (ident == Id::max || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3969 ident == Id::min || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3970 ident == Id::init || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3971 ident == Id::stringof || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3972 !sym->memtype |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3973 ) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3974 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3975 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3976 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3977 return sym->memtype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); |
| 159 | 3978 } |
| 3979 m = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3980 em = m->value->copy(); | |
| 3981 em->loc = e->loc; | |
| 3982 return em; | |
| 3983 | |
| 3984 Lfwd: | |
| 3985 error(e->loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3986 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 3987 } | |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 Expression *TypeEnum::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3990 { Expression *e; | |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 3993 { | |
| 3994 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 3995 goto Lfwd; | |
| 3996 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->maxval, this); | |
| 3997 } | |
| 3998 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 3999 { | |
| 4000 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4001 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4002 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->minval, this); | |
| 4003 } | |
| 4004 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4005 { | |
| 4006 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4007 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4008 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4009 } | |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4010 else if (ident == Id::stringof) |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4011 { char *s = toChars(); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4012 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4013 Scope sc; |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4014 e = e->semantic(&sc); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4015 } |
| 159 | 4016 else |
| 4017 { | |
| 4018 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4019 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4020 e = sym->memtype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4021 } | |
| 4022 return e; | |
| 4023 | |
| 4024 Lfwd: | |
| 4025 error(loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4026 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4027 } | |
| 4028 | |
| 4029 int TypeEnum::isintegral() | |
| 4030 { | |
| 4031 return 1; | |
| 4032 } | |
| 4033 | |
| 4034 int TypeEnum::isfloating() | |
| 4035 { | |
| 4036 return 0; | |
| 4037 } | |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 int TypeEnum::isunsigned() | |
| 4040 { | |
| 4041 return sym->memtype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4042 } | |
| 4043 | |
| 4044 int TypeEnum::isscalar() | |
| 4045 { | |
| 4046 return 1; | |
| 4047 //return sym->memtype->isscalar(); | |
| 4048 } | |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 MATCH TypeEnum::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4051 { MATCH m; | |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 //printf("TypeEnum::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4054 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4055 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4056 else if (sym->memtype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4057 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4058 else | |
| 4059 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4060 return m; | |
| 4061 } | |
| 4062 | |
| 4063 Expression *TypeEnum::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4064 { | |
| 4065 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4066 printf("TypeEnum::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4067 #endif | |
| 4068 // Initialize to first member of enum | |
| 4069 Expression *e; | |
| 4070 e = new IntegerExp(loc, sym->defaultval, this); | |
| 4071 return e; | |
| 4072 } | |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 int TypeEnum::isZeroInit() | |
| 4075 { | |
| 4076 return (sym->defaultval == 0); | |
| 4077 } | |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 int TypeEnum::hasPointers() | |
| 4080 { | |
| 4081 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4082 } | |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 /***************************** TypeTypedef *****************************/ | |
| 4085 | |
| 4086 TypeTypedef::TypeTypedef(TypedefDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4087 : Type(Ttypedef, NULL) | |
| 4088 { | |
| 4089 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4090 } | |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 Type *TypeTypedef::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4093 { | |
| 4094 return this; | |
| 4095 } | |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 char *TypeTypedef::toChars() | |
| 4098 { | |
| 4099 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4100 } | |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 Type *TypeTypedef::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4103 { | |
| 4104 //printf("TypeTypedef::semantic(%s), sem = %d\n", toChars(), sym->sem); | |
| 4105 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4106 return merge(); | |
| 4107 } | |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 d_uns64 TypeTypedef::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4110 { | |
| 4111 return sym->basetype->size(loc); | |
| 4112 } | |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 unsigned TypeTypedef::alignsize() | |
| 4115 { | |
| 4116 return sym->basetype->alignsize(); | |
| 4117 } | |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 Dsymbol *TypeTypedef::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4120 { | |
| 4121 return sym; | |
| 4122 } | |
| 4123 | |
| 4124 void TypeTypedef::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4125 { unsigned len; | |
| 4126 char *name; | |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4129 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4130 // name += 2; | |
| 4131 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4132 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4133 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4134 } | |
| 4135 | |
| 4136 void TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4137 { | |
| 4138 //printf("TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2() '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4139 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4140 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4141 return; | |
| 4142 } | |
| 4143 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4144 } | |
| 4145 | |
| 4146 Expression *TypeTypedef::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4147 { | |
| 4148 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4149 printf("TypeTypedef::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4150 #endif | |
| 4151 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4152 { | |
| 4153 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4154 } | |
| 4155 return sym->basetype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4156 } | |
| 4157 | |
| 4158 Expression *TypeTypedef::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4159 { | |
| 4160 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4161 { | |
| 4162 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4163 } | |
| 4164 return sym->basetype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4165 } | |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 int TypeTypedef::isbit() | |
| 4168 { | |
| 4169 return sym->basetype->isbit(); | |
| 4170 } | |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 int TypeTypedef::isintegral() | |
| 4173 { | |
| 4174 //printf("TypeTypedef::isintegral()\n"); | |
| 4175 //printf("sym = '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4176 //printf("basetype = '%s'\n", sym->basetype->toChars()); | |
| 4177 return sym->basetype->isintegral(); | |
| 4178 } | |
| 4179 | |
| 4180 int TypeTypedef::isfloating() | |
| 4181 { | |
| 4182 return sym->basetype->isfloating(); | |
| 4183 } | |
| 4184 | |
| 4185 int TypeTypedef::isreal() | |
| 4186 { | |
| 4187 return sym->basetype->isreal(); | |
| 4188 } | |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 int TypeTypedef::isimaginary() | |
| 4191 { | |
| 4192 return sym->basetype->isimaginary(); | |
| 4193 } | |
| 4194 | |
| 4195 int TypeTypedef::iscomplex() | |
| 4196 { | |
| 4197 return sym->basetype->iscomplex(); | |
| 4198 } | |
| 4199 | |
| 4200 int TypeTypedef::isunsigned() | |
| 4201 { | |
| 4202 return sym->basetype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4203 } | |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 int TypeTypedef::isscalar() | |
| 4206 { | |
| 4207 return sym->basetype->isscalar(); | |
| 4208 } | |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 int TypeTypedef::checkBoolean() | |
| 4211 { | |
| 4212 return sym->basetype->checkBoolean(); | |
| 4213 } | |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 Type *TypeTypedef::toBasetype() | |
| 4216 { | |
| 4217 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4218 { | |
| 4219 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4220 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4221 return Type::terror; | |
| 4222 } | |
| 4223 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4224 Type *t = sym->basetype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4225 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4226 return t; | |
| 4227 } | |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 MATCH TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4230 { MATCH m; | |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 //printf("TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4233 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4234 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4235 else if (sym->basetype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4236 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4237 else | |
| 4238 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4239 return m; | |
| 4240 } | |
| 4241 | |
| 4242 Expression *TypeTypedef::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4243 { Expression *e; | |
| 4244 Type *bt; | |
| 4245 | |
| 4246 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4247 printf("TypeTypedef::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4248 #endif | |
| 4249 if (sym->init) | |
| 4250 { | |
| 4251 //sym->init->toExpression()->print(); | |
| 4252 return sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4253 } | |
| 4254 bt = sym->basetype; | |
| 4255 e = bt->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4256 e->type = this; | |
| 4257 while (bt->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 4258 { | |
| 4259 e->type = bt->next; | |
| 4260 bt = bt->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 4261 } | |
| 4262 return e; | |
| 4263 } | |
| 4264 | |
| 4265 int TypeTypedef::isZeroInit() | |
| 4266 { | |
| 4267 if (sym->init) | |
| 4268 { | |
| 4269 if (sym->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 4270 return 1; // initialize voids to 0 | |
| 4271 Expression *e = sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4272 if (e && e->isBool(FALSE)) | |
| 4273 return 1; | |
| 4274 return 0; // assume not | |
| 4275 } | |
| 4276 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4277 { | |
| 4278 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4279 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4280 } | |
| 4281 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4282 int result = sym->basetype->isZeroInit(); | |
| 4283 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4284 return result; | |
| 4285 } | |
| 4286 | |
| 4287 int TypeTypedef::hasPointers() | |
| 4288 { | |
| 4289 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4290 } | |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 /***************************** TypeStruct *****************************/ | |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 TypeStruct::TypeStruct(StructDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4295 : Type(Tstruct, NULL) | |
| 4296 { | |
| 4297 this->sym = sym; | |
|
1029
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4298 |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4299 // LDC |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4300 this->unaligned = 0; |
| 159 | 4301 } |
| 4302 | |
| 4303 char *TypeStruct::toChars() | |
| 4304 { | |
| 4305 //printf("sym.parent: %s, deco = %s\n", sym->parent->toChars(), deco); | |
| 4306 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4307 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4308 return ti->toChars(); | |
| 4309 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4310 } | |
| 4311 | |
| 4312 Type *TypeStruct::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4313 { | |
| 4314 return this; | |
| 4315 } | |
| 4316 | |
| 4317 Type *TypeStruct::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4318 { | |
| 4319 //printf("TypeStruct::semantic('%s')\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 /* Cannot do semantic for sym because scope chain may not | |
| 4322 * be right. | |
| 4323 */ | |
| 4324 //sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4325 | |
| 4326 return merge(); | |
| 4327 } | |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 d_uns64 TypeStruct::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4330 { | |
| 4331 return sym->size(loc); | |
| 4332 } | |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 unsigned TypeStruct::alignsize() | |
| 4335 { unsigned sz; | |
| 4336 | |
| 4337 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4338 sz = sym->alignsize; | |
| 4339 if (sz > sym->structalign) | |
| 4340 sz = sym->structalign; | |
| 4341 return sz; | |
| 4342 } | |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 Dsymbol *TypeStruct::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4345 { | |
| 4346 return sym; | |
| 4347 } | |
| 4348 | |
| 4349 void TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4350 { unsigned len; | |
| 4351 char *name; | |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4354 //printf("TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4355 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4356 // name += 2; | |
| 4357 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4358 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4359 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4360 } | |
| 4361 | |
| 4362 void TypeStruct::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4363 { | |
| 4364 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4365 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4366 return; | |
| 4367 } | |
| 4368 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4369 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4370 buf->writestring(ti->toChars()); | |
| 4371 else | |
| 4372 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4373 } | |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 Expression *TypeStruct::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4376 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 Expression *b; | |
| 4379 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4380 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4381 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4382 Declaration *d; | |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4385 printf("TypeStruct::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4386 #endif | |
| 4387 if (!sym->members) | |
| 4388 { | |
| 4389 error(e->loc, "struct %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4390 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 0, Type::tint32); | |
| 4391 } | |
| 4392 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4393 /* If e.tupleof |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4394 */ |
| 159 | 4395 if (ident == Id::tupleof) |
| 4396 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4397 /* Create a TupleExp out of the fields of the struct e: |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4398 * (e.field0, e.field1, e.field2, ...) |
| 159 | 4399 */ |
| 336 | 4400 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4401 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4402 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4403 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4404 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4405 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4406 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4407 } | |
| 4408 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4409 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4410 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4411 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4412 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4413 return e; |
| 4414 } | |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4417 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4418 | |
| 4419 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4420 { | |
| 4421 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4422 | |
| 4423 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4424 e = de->e1; | |
| 4425 goto L1; | |
| 4426 } | |
| 4427 } | |
| 4428 | |
| 4429 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4430 L1: | |
| 4431 if (!s) | |
| 4432 { | |
| 4433 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4434 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4435 } | |
| 336 | 4436 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4437 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4438 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4439 | |
| 4440 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4441 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4442 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 if (ei) | |
| 4445 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4446 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4447 return e; | |
| 4448 } | |
| 4449 } | |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4452 { | |
| 4453 //return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4454 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4455 } | |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4458 if (em) | |
| 4459 { | |
| 4460 assert(em->value); | |
| 4461 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4462 } | |
| 4463 | |
| 4464 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4465 if (tm) | |
| 4466 { Expression *de; | |
| 4467 | |
| 4468 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4469 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4470 return de; | |
| 4471 } | |
| 4472 | |
| 4473 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4474 if (td) | |
| 4475 { | |
| 4476 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4477 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4478 return e; | |
| 4479 } | |
| 4480 | |
| 4481 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4482 if (ti) | |
| 4483 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4484 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4485 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4486 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4487 goto L1; | |
| 4488 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4489 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4490 return de; | |
| 4491 } | |
| 4492 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4493 Import *timp = s->isImport(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4494 if (timp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4495 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4496 e = new DsymbolExp(e->loc, s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4497 e = e->semantic(sc); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4498 return e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4499 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4500 |
| 159 | 4501 d = s->isDeclaration(); |
| 4502 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4503 if (!d) | |
| 4504 printf("d = %s '%s'\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4505 #endif | |
| 4506 assert(d); | |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4509 { FuncDeclaration *fd = sc->func; | |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 if (d->needThis() && fd && fd->vthis) | |
| 4512 { | |
| 4513 e = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4514 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4515 return e; | |
| 4516 } | |
| 4517 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4518 { | |
| 4519 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4520 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4521 return e; | |
| 4522 } | |
| 4523 return new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4524 } | |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4527 { | |
| 4528 // (e, d) | |
| 4529 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4530 | |
| 4531 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4532 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4533 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4534 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4535 return e; | |
| 4536 } | |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 if (v) | |
| 4539 { | |
| 4540 if (v->toParent() != sym) | |
| 4541 sym->error(e->loc, "'%s' is not a member", v->toChars()); | |
| 4542 | |
| 4543 // *(&e + offset) | |
| 4544 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4545 #if 0 |
| 159 | 4546 b = new AddrExp(e->loc, e); |
| 4547 b->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4548 b = new AddExp(e->loc, b, new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tint32)); | |
| 4549 b->type = v->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4550 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, b); | |
| 4551 e->type = v->type; | |
| 4552 return e; | |
|
585
fbb1a366cfbc
Complex number should now follow the D ABI on x86. They're also treated as first class values now. Big change.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
509
diff
changeset
|
4553 #endif |
| 159 | 4554 } |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4557 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4558 } | |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 unsigned TypeStruct::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 4561 { | |
| 4562 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4563 return sym->structalign; | |
| 4564 } | |
| 4565 | |
| 4566 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4567 { Declaration *d; |
| 159 | 4568 |
| 4569 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4570 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4571 #endif | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4572 d = new StaticStructInitDeclaration(sym->loc, sym); |
| 159 | 4573 assert(d); |
| 4574 d->type = this; | |
| 4575 return new VarExp(sym->loc, d); | |
| 4576 } | |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 int TypeStruct::isZeroInit() | |
| 4579 { | |
| 4580 return sym->zeroInit; | |
| 4581 } | |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 int TypeStruct::checkBoolean() | |
| 4584 { | |
| 4585 return FALSE; | |
| 4586 } | |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 int TypeStruct::hasPointers() | |
| 4589 { | |
| 4590 StructDeclaration *s = sym; | |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4593 if (s->members) | |
| 4594 { | |
| 4595 for (size_t i = 0; i < s->members->dim; i++) | |
| 4596 { | |
| 4597 Dsymbol *sm = (Dsymbol *)s->members->data[i]; | |
| 4598 if (sm->hasPointers()) | |
| 4599 return TRUE; | |
| 4600 } | |
| 4601 } | |
| 4602 return FALSE; | |
| 4603 } | |
| 4604 | |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 /***************************** TypeClass *****************************/ | |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 TypeClass::TypeClass(ClassDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4609 : Type(Tclass, NULL) | |
| 4610 { | |
| 4611 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4612 } | |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 char *TypeClass::toChars() | |
| 4615 { | |
| 4616 return sym->toPrettyChars(); | |
| 4617 } | |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 Type *TypeClass::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4620 { | |
| 4621 return this; | |
| 4622 } | |
| 4623 | |
| 4624 Type *TypeClass::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4625 { | |
| 4626 //printf("TypeClass::semantic(%s)\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4627 if (sym->scope) | |
| 4628 sym->semantic(sym->scope); | |
| 4629 return merge(); | |
| 4630 } | |
| 4631 | |
| 4632 d_uns64 TypeClass::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4633 { | |
| 4634 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 4635 } | |
| 4636 | |
| 4637 Dsymbol *TypeClass::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4638 { | |
| 4639 return sym; | |
| 4640 } | |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 void TypeClass::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4643 { unsigned len; | |
| 4644 char *name; | |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4647 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4648 // name += 2; | |
| 4649 //printf("TypeClass::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4650 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4651 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4652 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4653 } | |
| 4654 | |
| 4655 void TypeClass::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4656 { | |
| 4657 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4658 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4659 return; | |
| 4660 } | |
| 4661 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4662 } | |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 Expression *TypeClass::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4665 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4666 | |
| 4667 Expression *b; | |
| 4668 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4669 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4670 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4671 Declaration *d; | |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4674 printf("TypeClass::dotExp(e='%s', ident='%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4675 #endif | |
| 4676 | |
| 4677 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4678 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4681 { | |
| 4682 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4683 | |
| 4684 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4685 e = de->e1; | |
| 4686 goto L1; | |
| 4687 } | |
| 4688 } | |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 if (ident == Id::tupleof) | |
| 4691 { | |
| 4692 /* Create a TupleExp | |
| 4693 */ | |
| 336 | 4694 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4695 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4696 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4697 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4698 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4699 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4700 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4701 } | |
| 4702 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4703 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4704 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4705 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4706 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4707 return e; |
| 4708 } | |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4711 L1: | |
| 4712 if (!s) | |
| 4713 { | |
| 4714 // See if it's a base class | |
| 4715 ClassDeclaration *cbase; | |
| 4716 for (cbase = sym->baseClass; cbase; cbase = cbase->baseClass) | |
| 4717 { | |
| 4718 if (cbase->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 4719 { | |
| 4720 e = new DotTypeExp(0, e, cbase); | |
| 4721 return e; | |
| 4722 } | |
| 4723 } | |
| 4724 | |
| 4725 if (ident == Id::classinfo) | |
| 4726 { | |
| 4727 Type *t; | |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 assert(ClassDeclaration::classinfo); | |
| 4730 t = ClassDeclaration::classinfo->type; | |
| 4731 if (e->op == TOKtype || e->op == TOKdottype) | |
| 4732 { | |
| 4733 /* For type.classinfo, we know the classinfo | |
| 4734 * at compile time. | |
| 4735 */ | |
| 4736 if (!sym->vclassinfo) | |
| 4737 sym->vclassinfo = new ClassInfoDeclaration(sym); | |
| 4738 e = new VarExp(e->loc, sym->vclassinfo); | |
| 4739 e = e->addressOf(sc); | |
| 4740 e->type = t; // do this so we don't get redundant dereference | |
| 4741 } | |
| 4742 else | |
| 4743 { | |
| 4744 /* For class objects, the classinfo reference is the first | |
| 4745 * entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4746 */ | |
| 4747 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 4748 | |
| 4749 Type* ct; | |
| 4750 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) { | |
| 4751 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4752 } | |
| 4753 else { | |
| 4754 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4755 } | |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 e = e->castTo(sc, ct); | |
| 4758 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4759 e->type = ct->next; | |
| 4760 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4761 e->type = ct->next->next; | |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4764 { | |
| 4765 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4766 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4767 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4768 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4769 */ | |
| 4770 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4771 } | |
| 4772 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4773 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4774 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4775 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4776 */ | |
| 4777 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4778 e->type = ct->next->next->next; | |
| 4779 } | |
| 336 | 4780 } |
| 159 | 4781 |
| 4782 #else | |
| 4783 | |
| 4784 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4785 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4786 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4787 { | |
| 4788 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4789 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4790 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4791 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4792 */ | |
| 4793 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4794 } | |
| 4795 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4796 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4797 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4798 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4799 */ | |
| 4800 e->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4801 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4802 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4803 } | |
| 4804 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e, t); | |
| 336 | 4805 } |
| 4806 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
4807 #endif // !LDC |
| 336 | 4808 |
| 4809 return e; | |
| 4810 } | |
| 4811 | |
| 4812 if (ident == Id::__vptr) | |
| 4813 { /* The pointer to the vtbl[] | |
| 4814 * *cast(void***)e | |
| 4815 */ | |
| 4816 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()->pointerTo()); | |
| 4817 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4818 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4819 return e; | |
| 4820 } | |
| 4821 | |
| 4822 if (ident == Id::__monitor) | |
| 4823 { /* The handle to the monitor (call it a void*) | |
| 4824 * *(cast(void**)e + 1) | |
| 4825 */ | |
| 4826 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()); | |
| 4827 e = new AddExp(e->loc, e, new IntegerExp(1)); | |
| 4828 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4829 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 159 | 4830 return e; |
| 4831 } | |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 4834 { | |
| 4835 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 4836 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 4837 return getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 4838 } | |
| 4839 if (ident == Id::outer && sym->vthis) | |
| 4840 { | |
| 4841 s = sym->vthis; | |
| 4842 } | |
| 4843 else | |
| 4844 { | |
| 4845 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4846 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4847 } | |
| 4848 } | |
| 336 | 4849 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4850 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4851 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4852 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4853 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4854 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4855 | |
| 4856 if (ei) | |
| 4857 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4858 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4859 return e; | |
| 4860 } | |
| 4861 } | |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4864 { | |
| 4865 // if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4866 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4867 // return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4868 } | |
| 4869 | |
| 4870 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4871 if (em) | |
| 4872 { | |
| 4873 assert(em->value); | |
| 4874 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4875 } | |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4878 if (tm) | |
| 4879 { Expression *de; | |
| 4880 | |
| 4881 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4882 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4883 return de; | |
| 4884 } | |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4887 if (td) | |
| 4888 { | |
| 4889 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4890 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4891 return e; | |
| 4892 } | |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4895 if (ti) | |
| 4896 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4897 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4898 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4899 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4900 goto L1; | |
| 4901 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4902 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4903 return de; | |
| 4904 } | |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 d = s->isDeclaration(); | |
| 4907 if (!d) | |
| 4908 { | |
| 4909 e->error("%s.%s is not a declaration", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4910 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 4911 } | |
| 4912 | |
| 4913 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4914 { | |
| 4915 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4916 | |
| 4917 if (d->needThis() && (hasThis(sc) || !d->isFuncDeclaration())) | |
| 4918 { | |
| 4919 if (sc->func) | |
| 4920 { | |
| 4921 ClassDeclaration *thiscd; | |
| 4922 thiscd = sc->func->toParent()->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 if (thiscd) | |
| 4925 { | |
| 4926 ClassDeclaration *cd = e->type->isClassHandle(); | |
| 4927 | |
| 4928 if (cd == thiscd) | |
| 4929 { | |
| 4930 e = new ThisExp(e->loc); | |
| 4931 e = new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, cd); | |
| 4932 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4933 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4934 return e; | |
| 4935 } | |
| 4936 else if ((!cd || !cd->isBaseOf(thiscd, NULL)) && | |
| 4937 !d->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 4938 e->error("'this' is required, but %s is not a base class of %s", e->type->toChars(), thiscd->toChars()); | |
| 4939 } | |
| 4940 } | |
| 4941 | |
| 4942 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4943 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4944 return e; | |
| 4945 } | |
| 4946 else if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4947 { | |
| 4948 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4949 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4950 return e; | |
| 4951 } | |
| 4952 else | |
| 4953 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4954 return ve; | |
| 4955 } | |
| 4956 | |
| 4957 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4958 { | |
| 4959 // (e, d) | |
| 4960 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4961 | |
| 4962 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4963 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4964 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4965 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4966 return e; | |
| 4967 } | |
| 4968 | |
| 4969 if (d->parent && d->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 4970 { | |
| 4971 // (e, d) | |
| 4972 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4975 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4976 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4977 return e; | |
| 4978 } | |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4981 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4982 } | |
| 4983 | |
| 4984 ClassDeclaration *TypeClass::isClassHandle() | |
| 4985 { | |
| 4986 return sym; | |
| 4987 } | |
| 4988 | |
| 4989 int TypeClass::isauto() | |
| 4990 { | |
| 4991 return sym->isauto; | |
| 4992 } | |
| 4993 | |
| 4994 int TypeClass::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 4995 { | |
| 4996 if (t->ty == Tclass) | |
| 4997 { ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 cd = ((TypeClass *)t)->sym; | |
| 5000 if (sym->isBaseOf(cd, poffset)) | |
| 5001 return 1; | |
| 5002 } | |
| 5003 return 0; | |
| 5004 } | |
| 5005 | |
| 5006 MATCH TypeClass::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 5007 { | |
| 5008 //printf("TypeClass::implicitConvTo('%s')\n", to->toChars()); | |
| 5009 if (this == to) | |
| 5010 return MATCHexact; | |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 ClassDeclaration *cdto = to->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5013 if (cdto && cdto->isBaseOf(sym, NULL)) | |
| 5014 { //printf("is base\n"); | |
| 5015 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5016 } | |
| 5017 | |
| 5018 if (global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5019 { | |
| 5020 // Allow conversion to (void *) | |
| 5021 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 5022 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5023 } | |
| 5024 | |
| 5025 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 5026 } | |
| 5027 | |
| 5028 Expression *TypeClass::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 5029 { | |
| 5030 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 5031 printf("TypeClass::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 5032 #endif | |
| 5033 Expression *e; | |
| 5034 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 5035 e->type = this; | |
| 5036 return e; | |
| 5037 } | |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 int TypeClass::isZeroInit() | |
| 5040 { | |
| 5041 return 1; | |
| 5042 } | |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 int TypeClass::checkBoolean() | |
| 5045 { | |
| 5046 return TRUE; | |
| 5047 } | |
| 5048 | |
| 5049 int TypeClass::hasPointers() | |
| 5050 { | |
| 5051 return TRUE; | |
| 5052 } | |
| 5053 | |
| 5054 /***************************** TypeTuple *****************************/ | |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5057 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5058 { | |
| 5059 //printf("TypeTuple(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5060 this->arguments = arguments; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5061 //printf("TypeTuple() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5062 #ifdef DEBUG |
| 5063 if (arguments) | |
| 5064 { | |
| 5065 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5066 { | |
| 5067 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5068 assert(arg && arg->type); | |
| 5069 } | |
| 5070 } | |
| 5071 #endif | |
| 5072 } | |
| 5073 | |
| 5074 /**************** | |
| 5075 * Form TypeTuple from the types of the expressions. | |
| 5076 * Assume exps[] is already tuple expanded. | |
| 5077 */ | |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Expressions *exps) | |
| 5080 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5081 { | |
| 5082 Arguments *arguments = new Arguments; | |
| 5083 if (exps) | |
| 5084 { | |
| 5085 arguments->setDim(exps->dim); | |
| 5086 for (size_t i = 0; i < exps->dim; i++) | |
| 5087 { Expression *e = (Expression *)exps->data[i]; | |
| 5088 if (e->type->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5089 e->error("cannot form tuple of tuples"); | |
| 5090 Argument *arg = new Argument(STCin, e->type, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5091 arguments->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5092 } | |
| 5093 } | |
| 5094 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5095 } | |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 Type *TypeTuple::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5098 { | |
| 5099 Arguments *args = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(arguments); | |
| 5100 Type *t = new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5101 return t; | |
| 5102 } | |
| 5103 | |
| 5104 Type *TypeTuple::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5105 { | |
| 5106 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic(this = %p)\n", this); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5107 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5108 if (!deco) |
| 5109 deco = merge()->deco; | |
| 5110 | |
| 5111 /* Don't return merge(), because a tuple with one type has the | |
| 5112 * same deco as that type. | |
| 5113 */ | |
| 5114 return this; | |
| 5115 } | |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 int TypeTuple::equals(Object *o) | |
| 5118 { Type *t; | |
| 5119 | |
| 5120 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 5121 //printf("TypeTuple::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 5122 if (this == t) | |
| 5123 { | |
| 5124 return 1; | |
| 5125 } | |
| 5126 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5127 { TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5128 | |
| 5129 if (arguments->dim == tt->arguments->dim) | |
| 5130 { | |
| 5131 for (size_t i = 0; i < tt->arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5132 { Argument *arg1 = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5133 Argument *arg2 = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5134 | |
| 5135 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 5136 return 0; | |
| 5137 } | |
| 5138 return 1; | |
| 5139 } | |
| 5140 } | |
| 5141 return 0; | |
| 5142 } | |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 Type *TypeTuple::reliesOnTident() | |
| 5145 { | |
| 5146 if (arguments) | |
| 5147 { | |
| 5148 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5149 { | |
| 5150 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5151 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 5152 if (t) | |
| 5153 return t; | |
| 5154 } | |
| 5155 } | |
| 5156 return NULL; | |
| 5157 } | |
| 5158 | |
| 5159 void TypeTuple::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5160 { | |
| 5161 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, arguments, 0); | |
| 5162 } | |
| 5163 | |
| 5164 void TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 5165 { | |
| 5166 //printf("TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 5167 OutBuffer buf2; | |
| 5168 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(&buf2, arguments); | |
| 5169 unsigned len = buf2.offset; | |
| 5170 buf->printf("%c%d%.*s", mangleChar[ty], len, len, (char *)buf2.extractData()); | |
| 5171 } | |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 Expression *TypeTuple::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 5174 { Expression *e; | |
| 5175 | |
| 5176 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 5177 printf("TypeTuple::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5178 #endif | |
| 5179 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 5180 { | |
| 5181 e = new IntegerExp(loc, arguments->dim, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 5182 } | |
| 5183 else | |
| 5184 { | |
| 5185 error(loc, "no property '%s' for tuple '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 5186 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5187 } | |
| 5188 return e; | |
| 5189 } | |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 /***************************** TypeSlice *****************************/ | |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 /* This is so we can slice a TypeTuple */ | |
| 5194 | |
| 5195 TypeSlice::TypeSlice(Type *next, Expression *lwr, Expression *upr) | |
| 5196 : Type(Tslice, next) | |
| 5197 { | |
| 5198 //printf("TypeSlice[%s .. %s]\n", lwr->toChars(), upr->toChars()); | |
| 5199 this->lwr = lwr; | |
| 5200 this->upr = upr; | |
| 5201 } | |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 Type *TypeSlice::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5204 { | |
| 5205 Type *t = new TypeSlice(next->syntaxCopy(), lwr->syntaxCopy(), upr->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 5206 return t; | |
| 5207 } | |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 Type *TypeSlice::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5210 { | |
| 5211 //printf("TypeSlice::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 5212 next = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 5213 //printf("next: %s\n", next->toChars()); | |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5216 if (tbn->ty != Ttuple) | |
| 5217 { error(loc, "can only slice tuple types, not %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 5218 return Type::terror; | |
| 5219 } | |
| 5220 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 5221 | |
| 5222 lwr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, lwr); | |
| 5223 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5224 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 upr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, upr); | |
| 5227 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5228 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5229 | |
| 5230 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= tt->arguments->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5231 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 5232 return Type::terror; |
| 5233 } | |
| 5234 | |
| 5235 Arguments *args = new Arguments; | |
| 5236 args->reserve(i2 - i1); | |
| 5237 for (size_t i = i1; i < i2; i++) | |
| 5238 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5239 args->push(arg); | |
| 5240 } | |
| 5241 | |
| 5242 return new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5243 } | |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 void TypeSlice::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 5246 { | |
| 5247 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5248 if (*pe) | |
| 5249 { // It's really a slice expression | |
| 5250 Expression *e; | |
| 5251 e = new SliceExp(loc, *pe, lwr, upr); | |
| 5252 *pe = e; | |
| 5253 } | |
| 5254 else if (*ps) | |
| 5255 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 5256 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 5257 if (td) | |
| 5258 { | |
| 5259 /* It's a slice of a TupleDeclaration | |
| 5260 */ | |
| 5261 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 5262 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 5263 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 lwr = lwr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5266 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5267 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5268 | |
| 5269 upr = upr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5270 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5271 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5272 | |
| 5273 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= td->objects->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5276 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 5277 goto Ldefault; |
| 5278 } | |
| 5279 | |
| 5280 if (i1 == 0 && i2 == td->objects->dim) | |
| 5281 { | |
| 5282 *ps = td; | |
| 5283 return; | |
| 5284 } | |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 5287 * is a slice [i1..i2] out of the old one. | |
| 5288 */ | |
| 5289 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 5290 objects->setDim(i2 - i1); | |
| 5291 for (size_t i = 0; i < objects->dim; i++) | |
| 5292 { | |
| 5293 objects->data[i] = td->objects->data[(size_t)i1 + i]; | |
| 5294 } | |
| 5295 | |
| 5296 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 5297 *ps = tds; | |
| 5298 } | |
| 5299 else | |
| 5300 goto Ldefault; | |
| 5301 } | |
| 5302 else | |
| 5303 { | |
| 5304 Ldefault: | |
| 5305 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5306 } | |
| 5307 } | |
| 5308 | |
| 5309 void TypeSlice::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5310 { | |
| 5311 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 5312 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 5313 return; | |
| 5314 } | |
| 5315 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 buf->printf("[%s .. ", lwr->toChars()); | |
| 5318 buf->printf("%s]", upr->toChars()); | |
| 5319 } | |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 /***************************** Argument *****************************/ | |
| 5322 | |
| 5323 Argument::Argument(unsigned storageClass, Type *type, Identifier *ident, Expression *defaultArg) | |
| 5324 { | |
| 5325 this->type = type; | |
| 5326 this->ident = ident; | |
| 5327 this->storageClass = storageClass; | |
| 5328 this->defaultArg = defaultArg; | |
| 5329 } | |
| 5330 | |
| 5331 Argument *Argument::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5332 { | |
| 5333 Argument *a = new Argument(storageClass, | |
| 5334 type ? type->syntaxCopy() : NULL, | |
| 5335 ident, | |
| 5336 defaultArg ? defaultArg->syntaxCopy() : NULL); | |
| 5337 return a; | |
| 5338 } | |
| 5339 | |
| 5340 Arguments *Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(Arguments *args) | |
| 5341 { Arguments *a = NULL; | |
| 5342 | |
| 5343 if (args) | |
| 5344 { | |
| 5345 a = new Arguments(); | |
| 5346 a->setDim(args->dim); | |
| 5347 for (size_t i = 0; i < a->dim; i++) | |
| 5348 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5349 | |
| 5350 arg = arg->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 5351 a->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5352 } | |
| 5353 } | |
| 5354 return a; | |
| 5355 } | |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 char *Argument::argsTypesToChars(Arguments *args, int varargs) | |
| 5358 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 5359 | |
| 5360 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5363 if (args) | |
| 5364 { int i; | |
| 5365 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5366 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5369 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5370 | |
| 5371 if (i) | |
| 5372 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5373 arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5374 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5375 arg->type->toCBuffer2(&argbuf, &hgs, 0); | |
| 5376 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5377 } | |
| 5378 if (varargs) | |
| 5379 { | |
| 5380 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5381 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5382 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5383 } | |
| 5384 } | |
| 5385 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 5388 } | |
| 5389 | |
| 5390 void Argument::argsToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Arguments *arguments, int varargs) | |
| 5391 { | |
| 5392 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5393 if (arguments) | |
| 5394 { int i; | |
| 5395 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 for (i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5398 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5399 | |
| 5400 if (i) | |
| 5401 buf->writestring(", "); | |
| 5402 arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5403 if (arg->storageClass & STCout) | |
| 5404 buf->writestring("out "); | |
| 5405 else if (arg->storageClass & STCref) | |
| 5406 buf->writestring((global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5407 ? (char *)"inout " : (char *)"ref "); | |
| 5408 else if (arg->storageClass & STClazy) | |
| 5409 buf->writestring("lazy "); | |
| 5410 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5411 arg->type->toCBuffer(&argbuf, arg->ident, hgs); | |
| 5412 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 5413 { | |
| 5414 argbuf.writestring(" = "); | |
| 5415 arg->defaultArg->toCBuffer(&argbuf, hgs); | |
| 5416 } | |
| 5417 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5418 } | |
| 5419 if (varargs) | |
| 5420 { | |
| 5421 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5422 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5423 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5424 } | |
| 5425 } | |
| 5426 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5427 } | |
| 5428 | |
| 5429 | |
| 5430 void Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5431 { | |
| 5432 //printf("Argument::argsToDecoBuffer()\n"); | |
| 5433 | |
| 5434 // Write argument types | |
| 5435 if (arguments) | |
| 5436 { | |
| 5437 size_t dim = Argument::dim(arguments); | |
| 5438 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 5439 { | |
| 5440 Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(arguments, i); | |
| 5441 arg->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 5442 } | |
| 5443 } | |
| 5444 } | |
| 5445 | |
| 5446 /**************************************************** | |
| 5447 * Determine if parameter is a lazy array of delegates. | |
| 5448 * If so, return the return type of those delegates. | |
| 5449 * If not, return NULL. | |
| 5450 */ | |
| 5451 | |
| 5452 Type *Argument::isLazyArray() | |
| 5453 { | |
| 5454 // if (inout == Lazy) | |
| 5455 { | |
| 5456 Type *tb = type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5457 if (tb->ty == Tsarray || tb->ty == Tarray) | |
| 5458 { | |
| 5459 Type *tel = tb->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5460 if (tel->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 5461 { | |
| 5462 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)tel; | |
| 5463 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 5464 | |
| 5465 if (!tf->varargs && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 5466 { | |
| 5467 return tf->next; // return type of delegate | |
| 5468 } | |
| 5469 } | |
| 5470 } | |
| 5471 } | |
| 5472 return NULL; | |
| 5473 } | |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 void Argument::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 5476 { | |
| 5477 switch (storageClass & (STCin | STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 5478 { case 0: | |
| 5479 case STCin: | |
| 5480 break; | |
| 5481 case STCout: | |
| 5482 buf->writeByte('J'); | |
| 5483 break; | |
| 5484 case STCref: | |
| 5485 buf->writeByte('K'); | |
| 5486 break; | |
| 5487 case STClazy: | |
| 5488 buf->writeByte('L'); | |
| 5489 break; | |
| 5490 default: | |
| 5491 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5492 halt(); | |
| 5493 #endif | |
| 5494 assert(0); | |
| 5495 } | |
| 5496 type->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 5497 } | |
| 5498 | |
| 5499 /*************************************** | |
| 5500 * Determine number of arguments, folding in tuples. | |
| 5501 */ | |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 size_t Argument::dim(Arguments *args) | |
| 5504 { | |
| 5505 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5506 if (args) | |
| 5507 { | |
| 5508 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5509 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5510 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5513 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5514 n += dim(tu->arguments); | |
| 5515 } | |
| 5516 else | |
| 5517 n++; | |
| 5518 } | |
| 5519 } | |
| 5520 return n; | |
| 5521 } | |
| 5522 | |
| 5523 /*************************************** | |
| 5524 * Get nth Argument, folding in tuples. | |
| 5525 * Returns: | |
| 5526 * Argument* nth Argument | |
| 5527 * NULL not found, *pn gets incremented by the number | |
| 5528 * of Arguments | |
| 5529 */ | |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 Argument *Argument::getNth(Arguments *args, size_t nth, size_t *pn) | |
| 5532 { | |
| 5533 if (!args) | |
| 5534 return NULL; | |
| 5535 | |
| 5536 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5537 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5538 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5539 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5542 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5543 arg = getNth(tu->arguments, nth - n, &n); | |
| 5544 if (arg) | |
| 5545 return arg; | |
| 5546 } | |
| 5547 else if (n == nth) | |
| 5548 return arg; | |
| 5549 else | |
| 5550 n++; | |
| 5551 } | |
| 5552 | |
| 5553 if (pn) | |
| 5554 *pn += n; | |
| 5555 return NULL; | |
| 5556 } |